You are on page 1of 688

SAS® Visual Analytics:

Fast Track

Course Notes
SAS® Visual Analytics: Fast Track Course Notes was developed by Nicole Ball, Lynn Matthews, and Eric
Rossland. Additional contributions were made by Richard Bell, Frank Damico, Kelly Gray, Anita
Hillhouse, Rob McAfee, Dave Naden, Marjorie Shelley, and Bobbie Wagoner. Editing and production
support was provided by the Curriculum Development and Support Department.
SAS and all other SAS Institute Inc. product or service names are registered trademarks or trademarks of
SAS Institute Inc. in the USA and other countries. ® indicates USA registration. Other brand and product
names are trademarks of their respective companies.
SAS® Visual Analytics: Fast Track Course Notes
Copyright © 2016 SAS Institute Inc. Cary, NC, USA. All rights reserved. Printed in the United States of
America. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in
any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise, without the prior written
permission of the publisher, SAS Institute Inc.
Book code E70733, course code LWYVAF73/YVAF73, prepared date 20May2016. LWYVAF73_001

ISBN 978-1-62960-406-0
For Your Infor mation iii

Table of Contents
Course Description ..................................................................................................... vii

Prerequisites ............................................................................................................. viii

Chapter 1 Getting Started with SAS® Visual Analytics ..................................... 1-1

1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Concepts ............................................................ 1-3


Demonstration: Using SAS Visual Analytics Viewer ....................................... 1-9
Exercises ..................................................................................................1-15
Demonstration: Using SAS Mobile BI .........................................................1-16

1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page ........................................................1-23


Demonstration: Exploring the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page ......................1-28
Exercises ..................................................................................................1-40

1.3 Discussing the Course Environment and Scenario.................................................1-42


Exercises ..................................................................................................1-50

1.4 Solutions ........................................................................................................1-52


Solutions to Exercises.................................................................................1-52

Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data ....................... 2-1

2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder ..................................................................... 2-3


Demonstration: Preparing Data....................................................................2-19
Exercises ..................................................................................................2-29

2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator.....................................................2-31


Demonstration: Exploring Additional Applications .........................................2-42
Exercises ..................................................................................................2-57

2.3 Solutions ........................................................................................................2-58


Solutions to Exercises.................................................................................2-58

Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer ............................................. 3-1

3.1 Examining Visual Analytics Explorer .................................................................. 3-3

3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties.................................................. 3-9


Demonstration: Accessing and Working with a Data Source.............................3-16
iv For Your Information

Exercises ..................................................................................................3-27
Demonstration: Creating an Automatic Chart Visualization ..............................3-35
Exercises ..................................................................................................3-43

3.3 Creating Visualizations .....................................................................................3-45


Demonstration: Creating Basic Visualizations: Part 1 ......................................3-51
Exercises ..................................................................................................3-58
Demonstration: Creating Basic Visualizations: Part 2 ......................................3-64
Exercises ..................................................................................................3-68
Demonstration: Creating Advanced Visualizations: Part 1................................3-75
Exercises ..................................................................................................3-86
Demonstration: Creating Advanced Visualizations: Part 2................................3-97
Exercises ................................................................................................ 3-104

3.4 Enhancing Visualizations with Analytics ........................................................... 3-107


Demonstration: Adding Analytics to an Exploration...................................... 3-114
Exercises ................................................................................................ 3-128

3.5 Interacting with Visualizations and Explorations................................................. 3-130


Demonstration: Interacting with Visualizations............................................. 3-138
Exercises ................................................................................................ 3-143

3.6 Solutions ...................................................................................................... 3-145


Solutions to Exercises............................................................................... 3-145

Chapter 4 Designing Reports with SAS® Visual Analytics ............................... 4-1

4.1 Examining the SAS Visual Analytics Designer Interface......................................... 4-3

4.2 Creating a Simple Report..................................................................................4-17


Demonstration: Creating a Simple Report......................................................4-21
Exercises ..................................................................................................4-29

4.3 Creating Data Items and Working with Graphs .....................................................4-31


Demonstration: Working with Graphs: Part 1.................................................4-36
Exercises ..................................................................................................4-43
Demonstration: Working with Graphs: Part 2.................................................4-48
Exercises ..................................................................................................4-52
Demonstration: Working with Graphs: Part 3.................................................4-56
Exercises ..................................................................................................4-60
For Your Infor mation v

4.4 Working with Filters and Report Sections ............................................................4-63


Demonstration: Working with Report Sections and Filters................................4-69
Exercises ..................................................................................................4-80

4.5 Establishing Interactions, Links, and Alerts .........................................................4-82


Demonstration: Using Interactions in a Report ...............................................4-91
Exercises ..................................................................................................4-97

4.6 Working with Gauges and Display Rules.............................................................4-99


Demonstration: Using Gauges in a Report ................................................... 4-103
Exercises ................................................................................................ 4-117

4.7 Working with Tables ...................................................................................... 4-122


Demonstration: Adding Tables to a Report .................................................. 4-126
Exercises ................................................................................................ 4-131

4.8 Working with Other Objects ............................................................................ 4-135


Demonstration: Adding Other Objects to a Report ........................................ 4-142
Exercises ................................................................................................ 4-150

4.9 Solutions ...................................................................................................... 4-154


Solutions to Exercises............................................................................... 4-154

Chapter 5 Viewing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports ........................................... 5-1

5.1 Viewing Reports on the Web .............................................................................. 5-3


Demonstration: Viewing a Report ................................................................. 5-7
Exercises ..................................................................................................5-13

5.2 Viewing Reports on a Mobile Device..................................................................5-14

5.3 Viewing Reports with SAS Office Analytics ........................................................5-18


Demonstration: Viewing Reports .................................................................5-24
Exercises ..................................................................................................5-27

5.4 Solutions ........................................................................................................5-28


Solutions to Exercises.................................................................................5-28

Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports with SAS ® Visual
Analytics ........................................................................................... 6-1

6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports with SAS Visual Analytics .................... 6-3
vi For Your Information

Demonstration: Managing LASR Tables .......................................................6-17


Exercises ..................................................................................................6-19

6.2 Solutions ........................................................................................................6-52


Solutions to Exercises.................................................................................6-52

Chapter 7 Learning More ................................................................................... 7-1

7.1 SAS Resources................................................................................................. 7-3

7.2 Beyond This Course.......................................................................................... 7-6


For Your Infor mation vii

Course Description
This course teaches how to explore data and build reports using SAS Visual Analytics. You will learn how
to build queries in SAS Visual Data Builder and you will also learn the basics of SAS Visual Analytics
Administrator.

To learn more…

For information about other courses in the curriculum, contact the SAS
Education Division at 1-800-333-7660, or send e-mail to training@sas.com.
You can also find this information on the web at http://support.sas.com/training/
as well as in the Training Course Catalog.

For a list of other SAS books that relate to the topics covered in this
course notes, USA customers can contact the SAS Publishing Department
at 1-800-727-3228 or send e-mail to sasbook@sas.com. Customers outside
the USA, please contact your local SAS office.
Also, see the SAS Bookstore on the web at http://support.sas.com/publishing/
for a complete list of books and a convenient order form.
viii For Your Information

Prerequisites
No SAS experience or programming experience is required, although you should have some computer
experience. Specifically, you should
 be able to log on and off a computer and use a keyboard or mouse
 know how to use a web browser to access information.
Chapter 1 Getting Started with
SAS® Visual Analytics
1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Concepts................................................................ 1-3
Demonstration: Using SAS Visual Analytics Viewer ..................................................... 1-9
Exercises............................................................................................................. 1-15
Demonstration: Using SAS Mobile BI ...................................................................... 1-16

1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page........................................................... 1-23


Demonstration: Exploring the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page .................................. 1-28
Exercises............................................................................................................. 1-40

1.3 Discussing the Course Environment and Scenario ............................................... 1-42


Exercises............................................................................................................. 1-50

1.4 Solutions ................................................................................................................. 1-52


Solutions to Exercises ........................................................................................... 1-52
Solutions to Student Activities (Polls/Quizzes) ........................................................... 1-70
1-2 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Concepts 1-3

1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics


Concepts

Objectives
 Describe the purpose of SAS Visual Analytics.
 List the components of SAS Visual Analytics.
 List the types of SAS Visual Analytics users.
 Describe the purpose of the SAS Visual Analytics
Viewer.
 Describe the purpose of the SAS Mobile BI app.

What Is SAS Visual Analytics?


SAS Visual Analytics is a web-based product that
leverages SAS high-performance analytics technologies
to enable organizations to explore data of any size.
Using SAS Visual Analytics, you can very quickly see
patterns in the data and identify opportunities for further
analysis. Then, you can use
the web or a mobile device
to convey your visual results
to others.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-4 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Why Use SAS Visual Analytics?


SAS Visual Analytics enables you to quickly derive value
from your data. You can do the following:
 find previously unknown relationships and spot trends
in your data using an intuitive user interface
 use a single interface for dashboards, reporting, BI,
and approachable analytics
 use the auto-charting functionality to help you
visualize your data in the best possible way
 easily add analytics
 navigate through data using
on-the-fly hierarchies
 create interactive reports that
can be accessed from several
viewers including mobile devices
5

SAS Visual Analytics is one of the business intelligence offerings from SAS.

SAS Visual Analytics Architecture


SAS Visual Analytics consists of several parts.

Home Page Explorer Designer

Web Viewer Data Builder Administrator

Mobile BI Graph Builder LASR Analytic Server


6

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Concepts 1-5

Home Page Organize content and access applications

Explorer Visualize data interactively

Designer Create interactive reports

Web Viewer View reports in a browser

Data Builder Build new data sources

Administrator Manage the environment

Mobile BI View reports on a tablet or mobile device

Graph Builder Create custom report objects

LASR Analytic Server In-memory server

1.01 Poll
How often do you use SAS Visual Analytics?
a. I have never used SAS Visual Analytics.
b. less than once a month
c. a few times a month
d. once or twice a week
e. every day

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-6 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Who Uses SAS Visual Analytics?


SAS Visual Analytics empowers analysts, report designers,
data administrators, SAS administrators, and other
information consumers to accomplish tasks from an
integrated suite of applications.

Information Analyst Explore Data


Consumer

Report Designer Create Reports


View
Reports
Data Administrator Prepare Data

SAS Administrator Manage Environment


8

SAS Visual Analytics Home Page


SAS Visual Analytics typically requires you to sign in
before you can access the available functionality.

The Home Page


opens by default.
The Home Page is also
known as the Hub.

 The Modern Home Page is displayed by default when you sign in to SAS Visual Analytics.
The position of the tiles varies depending on the resolution of the computer, the size of the
browser window, and the content included in the tile.
 The user or an administrator can modify settings to use the Classic Home Page. For more
information about the Classic Home Page, see Appendix 11 in the SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3:
User’s Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Concepts 1-7

Viewing SAS Visual Analytics Reports


You can view reports created in SAS Visual Analytics
using the following applications:
 SAS Visual Analytics Viewer
 SAS Mobile BI app
 SAS Add-In for Microsoft Office*
 SAS Enterprise Guide*
 SAS Web Parts for Microsoft SharePoint*

* These applications require additional licensed software from SAS.

10

Using the SAS Visual Analytics Web Viewer


SAS Visual Analytics Viewer enables users to view and
interact with reports using a web browser.

11

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-8 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

SAS Mobile BI
SAS Mobile BI app enables users to view and interact
with SAS Visual Analytics reports on a mobile device such
as an iPad, iPhone, or Android mobile devices.

12

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Concepts 1-9

Using SAS Visual Analytics Viewer


This demonstration illustrates using SAS Visual Analytics Viewer to display a report in a web browser.
1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.
The SAS Visual Analytics sign-in page appears.

 The URL that is used to access SAS Visual Analytics on the classroom machines is specific
to the classroom configuration. The URL used at your site will be different.
2. Enter Rob in the User ID field.
3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
 Use caution when you enter the user ID and password because values can be case sensitive.
4. Click Sign In.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-10 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

SAS Visual Analytics appears and the Modern Home Page is displayed by default.

5. View and interact with the Insight Toy Company report.


a. Click Insight Toy Company Report in the Favorites tile to view the report.
The Insight Toy Company Report appears in the SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Concepts 1-11

The report uses a button bar as a report prompt to filter data by product line. No product line
is currently selected, so the report displays information about all products.

b. Click (Section) in the upper left corner to view the three sections in this report. The first
section, 2012 Dashboard, is displayed by default.

The 2012 Dashboard section contains several report objects and filters.
 When the report is first displayed, the report objects are filtered to display information only for
Europe.
 A text object at the top of the section displays the title of the section and a link to an info
window that contains detailed instructions for using this section.
 The thermometer gauges display average unit age for each facility in Europe.
 The dial gauges display the actual and target unit production for each facility in Europe.
 The two list control objects enable you to select a specific country and region to further filter
the report objects in this section.
The report uses a button bar as a section prompt to filter data by continent. Europe is currently
selected.

c. Click the link labeled Click here for additional information.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-12 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

An info window containing detailed instructions for using the 2012 Dashboard section
is displayed.

d. Click Close.
e. Gauges for each facility in Europe display average unit age as well as the actual and target unit
production. Use the Select Countries list control in the top left corner to limit the gauges that are
displayed.
1) Select the Sweden check box. The report is updated to display only one gauge.
2) Select the United Kingdom check box.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Concepts 1-13

The section is updated to display gauges for the regions in each selected country.

f. Select the thermometer gauge for Manchester at the top of the window.
A data tip is displayed that shows the measure (Average Unit Age) and the measure value (12).

g. Select the dial gauge for City of London at the bottom of the window.
A data tip is displayed that shows the measures (Unit Target and Unit Yield) and the measure
values (120,710 and 117,489, respectively).

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-14 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

h. Double-click the dial gauge for City of London.


Report linking is used to display the Unit Metrics Report section. The region value is passed to
the linked section and the information presented is filtered for City of London.

6. Enter 7 in the Enter the number of units to display (1-10) text input control and press Enter.
Parameters are used to update the bar chart, Top Units by Discards. The parameter is updated with
the input value and the bar chart is ranked to show the top 7 units.

7. Click (Insight Toy Company Report – 2012 Dashboard) in the upper left corner to return
to the 2012 Dashboard section and clear the filters.

8. Select (Side menu)  Home in the upper left corner to return to the Home Page.
9. Select Rob  Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Concepts 1-15

Exercises
1. Interacting with a Report in the SAS Visual Analytics Viewer
a. Open the browser and sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Rob’s credentials.
 All of the IDs used in this class have the same password, Student1.
b. Open and interact with the Insight Toy Company Report in SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.
c. Select Novelty from the report prompt to display information only for that product brand.
Answer the following question:
Which continents contain facilities that produce the Novelty product brand?
Answer:
d. Select Oceania from the section prompt to display information only for that continent.
e. Double-click the thermometer gauge for Queensland to link to the Unit Metrics Report section.
Answer the following questions:
What is the average facility age for Brisbane?
Answer:
What is the average unit age for Brisbane?
Answer:
List the two units with the highest discards in Brisbane.
Hint: Enter 2 for Enter the number of units to display.
 This is ranked by discards and not by unit life span.
Answer:
f. Click to return to the 2012 Dashboard section.
g. View the Facility Summary section.

Hint: Click (the section icon) in the upper left corner to select another section.
h. Click the link labeled Click here for additional information to view instructions for this section.
i. Select Brisbane from the section prompt to display information only for that city.
Answer the following question:
How many units in Brisbane produce the Kiosk product line?
Answer:
j. Subscribe to any alerts for the report.
Hint: Click (Show) to view the Right pane, which displays any comments and alerts that have
been added to the report.
k. Return to the Home Page and sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-16 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Using SAS Mobile BI


This demonstration illustrates using the SAS Mobile BI app on an iPad to display sample reports.
1. Download and install the SAS Mobile BI app.
2. Tap the SAS BI icon to launch the SAS Mobile BI app.

When the app opens for the first time, several sample reports are downloaded. Welcome cards provide
quick tips for using the interface.

3. Tap (Help) in the upper right corner.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Concepts 1-17

The Help screen appears.

4. Tap What’s New in SAS® Mobile BI for iPad and iPhone.


The Help screen appears.

5. Tap Done to close the Help screen.


6. Tap the Casino Floor Performance report in the Subscribed section.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-18 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The Overall Casino Performance report section is displayed.

7. Tap (Table of Contents) in the upper left corner.


This report has four sections: Overall Casino Performance, Casino Section Analysis, Plays
by Manufacturer, and Machine Revenue by Manufacturer.

8. Tap Done.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Concepts 1-19

9. Tap the bar for Libra in the bar chart.

A data tip is displayed. Based on the report design, the line chart and table are filtered to display
information only for the Libra casino.
10. Tap the second row in the table.

The line chart is filtered to display information only for the selected machine.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-20 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

11. Tap (Details pane) in the upper right corner.

The Details pane provides additional information about the selected item such as a description,
display rules, incoming filters, and comments.
12. Tap to close the Details pane.
13. Swipe left to view the Casino Section Analysis section.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.1 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Concepts 1-21

14. Swipe left again to view the Plays by Manufacturer section.

15. Swipe left again to view the Machine Revenue by Manufacturer section.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-22 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

16. Tap Portfolio in the upper left corner to exit the report and return to the Portfolio view.

17. Close SAS Mobile BI.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page 1-23

1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home


Page

Objectives
 Identify the elements of the SAS Visual Analytics
Home Page.
 Manage content (favorites, collections, application
shortcuts) on the Home Page.
 List the types of settings for SAS Visual Analytics.

17

Components of the Modern Home Page


Here are the components of the Modern SAS Visual
Analytics Home Page. Banner

Action button area

Tiles area

18

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-24 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Banner Enables you to access various applications, search for content,


modify your settings, and sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Action button area Provides icons to access applications.

Tiles area Displays tiles for organizing content.

Working with the Home Page


Visual Analytics users with the necessary role-based
capabilities can do the following:
 add favorites
 add collections
 add links
 add application shortcuts
 modify settings/edit preferences
 view the object inspector
 search for content

19

Adding Favorites to the Home Page


The Favorites tile displays a list of favorite items.

Click (Favorites – Options)  Edit to add and


manage favorites.

You can also click from the object inspector


to add a favorite or click to remove a favorite.

20

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page 1-25

Adding Collections to the Home Page


You can create collections to organize your explorations,
reports, queries, and tables.

Click Collection in the


Action button area to add
an existing collection or
create a new collection.

A collection is similar to a group of bookmarks.


21

When you select Create a New Collection, you need to specify the metadata location where the
collection will be stored. After the collection is created, you can add items (explorations, reports, queries,
and tables) to the collection from the Home Page by clicking  (Edit) on the collection tile. If you
select Add a Collection to add an existing collection, you need to navigate to the metadata location where
the collection is stored.
 An administrator has the option Publish this collection for all users in the Collections window.

1.02 Multiple Choice Poll


Which of the following is true about tiles on the Modern
Home Page?
a. You can add content to all tiles.
b. You can delete all tiles.
c. You can edit all tiles.
d. You can hide all tiles.

22

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-26 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Adding Application Shortcuts to the Home


Page
You can add application shortcuts to the Home Page.

Click Shortcut in the


Action button area to add
an application shortcut.

The list of applications is role-based, so what


you see depends on your role assignment.
24

Specifying Settings
From each SAS Visual Analytics application, including
the Home Page, you can access the Settings window
where you can specify these types of settings:
 global settings
 application-specific settings

Settings are called preferences in


other Visual Analytics applications.

25

To open the Preferences window from within an application, select File  Preferences.
 For more information about specifying settings and preferences in SAS Visual Analytics, see
“Specifying Your Preferences” in the SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page 1-27

Interacting with Objects on the Home Page


On the Home Page, the user can click next to an
object to view the object inspector.

26
26

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-28 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Exploring the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page


This demonstration illustrates signing on to SAS Visual Analytics and exploring the components
of the Home Page.
1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.
2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
SAS Visual Analytics appears and the Home Page is displayed by default.

 Eric has different role-based capabilities and can perform more actions than Rob.
5. Add an application shortcut for the Graph Builder.
a. Click Shortcut in the Action button area.
b. Select Custom Graph Builder for the Application field.
c. Verify that Custom Graph Builder is specified as the Shortcut name.
d. Choose (orange) as the Shortcut color.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page 1-29

The Add Application Shortcut window should resemble the following:

e. Click Save to close the Add Application Shortcut window.


The application shortcut is added to the Action button area.

6. Create a collection.
a. Click Collection in the Action button area.
b. Select Create a New Collection.
c. Enter My Tables in the Name field.
d. Verify that the Shared Data folder is selected as the Location.
 This is the metadata folder where the collection is stored.
e. Click Save to close the Collections window.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-30 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The collection is added to the Home Page.

7. Search for all items that contain the word insight.


a. Click in the Search field in the upper right corner of the Home Page.
b. Enter insight and press the Enter key.
All the explorations, reports, and other items that contain insight and that Eric has permission
to see are displayed.

 The items returned by the search might be different on your classroom machine.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page 1-31

c. Select Table in the Type section to refine the search to include only tables.
Two tables with the same name appear as results.
d. Click next to the first table object, INSIGHT_TOY_COMPANY_2012, to display the object
inspector.

 Based on the description, this table includes data for 2012 only.
 This table is stored in the LASR Data folder within the Shared Data folder.
 This is an in-memory table and is loaded to the SAS LASR Analytic Server.
e. Click outside the object inspector to close it.
f. Click next to the second table object, INSIGHT_TOY_COMPANY_2012, to display
the object inspector.

 There is no description for this table.


 This table is stored in the Source Data folder within the Shared Data folder.
 This table is the physical table that matches the SAS LASR Analytic Server table with the same
name.
g. Click outside the object inspector to close it.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-32 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

h. Click Done in the upper right corner to return to the Home Page.
8. Add the in-memory table to the My Tables collection.
a. In the My Tables tile, select (My Tables – Options)  Edit.
b. Click (Add) to add a new object to the collection.
c. Navigate to Shared Data  LASR Data.
d. Select INSIGHT_TOY_COMPANY_2012.
e. Click Open to add the table.
f. Click Save to save the changes.
The My Tables tile on the Home Page should resemble the following:

9. Add an item to Favorites.


a. Click next to the table in the My Tables tile to display the object inspector.
b. Click (Add to favorites) to add this table to Favorites.

 The star changes to blue ( ) to indicate that the table was added to Favorites.
c. If necessary, click outside the object inspector to close it.
d. View the Favorites tile to verify that the table was added.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page 1-33

10. View and interact with the Insight Toy Company Report.
a. Click next to the Insight Toy Company Report in the Favorites tile to view the object
inspector.

Because Eric has the ability to create reports, two actions are available in the object inspector,
View and Edit. Clicking the name of the report in the Favorites tile is the equivalent of selecting
the first action, View, which opens the report in SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.
b. Click Edit in the object inspector to open the report in SAS Visual Analytics Designer.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-34 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

SAS Visual Analytics Designer appears. Unlike the Viewer, the Designer provides additional
functionality for building the report.

11. Select View  Maximize View to hide the left and right panes. This provides more space for the
report canvas.
12. Display the 2012 Dashboard: Info Window.
a. Click the 2012 Dashboard: Info Window tab at the top of the report.
b. View the note at the top of the section.

The text object in the 2012 Dashboard section is linked to this info window.
13. Click the 2012 Dashboard tab at the top of the report.
The Click here for additional information link in the text object at the top of the section is linked
to the 2012 Dashboard: Info Window section that is displayed.
Each section of the report is linked to an info window that contains instructions for working with that
section.
14. Position the mouse pointer on the button on the application bar for Insight Toy Company Report
and click X to close the report.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page 1-35

15. View an existing exploration.


a. In the Favorites tile, click next to Insight Toy Company Exploration to view the object
inspector.

b. Click Open to open the exploration.


SAS Visual Analytics Explorer opens and displays the exploration.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-36 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

This exploration contains five visualizations:


 The Unit Production by Product and Location visualization uses a crosstab table to display
unit actual and unit capacity by product and location. Hierarchies enable you to navigate
through the data for product types and facility locations.
 The Facility Analysis visualization uses a geo map to display facility efficiency and facility
age by region. A hierarchy enables you to navigate through the data for facility locations.
 The Unit Analysis by Product visualization uses a bar chart to display different unit measures
by product line. A hierarchy enables you navigate through the data based on product types.
 The Facility Forecast visualization uses a line chart to display facility efficiency ratings and
units produced by month. It includes a forecast of the values for the next three months. The
icon on the visualization title bar indicates that a comment has been added to this visualization.
 An additional visualization, Unit Analysis, is minimized in the Dock pane and is not currently
visible.
c. Click (Maximize) on the title bar of the Facility Analysis geo map to view it at a larger size.
d. Click in the center of the map controller, or use your mouse pointer, to zoom in and re-center
the map on the United States of America. When you zoom in, more detail is displayed.

e. If necessary, click and drag (the handle bar) to expand the bottom portion of the
window in order to see more details.

The color of the bubbles represents the average facility age. The magenta bubbles indicate older
facilities.
The size of the bubbles represents the average facility efficiency. The larger bubbles indicate
facilities with higher efficiency ratings.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page 1-37

f. Double-click the bubble for California to drill down to the next level of data. Most of the
facilities in California are not very old.
g. Position the mouse pointer on the bubble for San Diego to display additional information.

h. Click (Restore) to view the geo map visualization at the original size.
i. Click (Maximize) on the title bar of the Unit Analysis by Product bar chart visualization
to view it at a larger size.
j. Select All Product Hierarchy in the upper left corner of the bar chart to navigate to the top level
of the hierarchy.
k. Change the view of the bar chart visualization by right-clicking the graph and selecting
Bar Direction  Horizontal.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-38 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

l. Move the mouse pointer to the upper right corner of the visualization until icons appear.

m. Click (Show details) in the upper right corner.


The table of data values is displayed below the bar chart.

n. Click (Close details) to hide the table view.


o. Export the image.
1) Right-click the graph and select Export Image.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page 1-39

The Save Image window appears.

2) Clear the Show filters and ranks and the Show legend check boxes.
3) Click Save.
4) If necessary, navigate to the desktop.
5) Accept the default name and click Save.
p. Click (Restore) to view the bar chart visualization at the original size.
16. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics and do not save the changes to the exploration.
a. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner.
A message is displayed because your changes were not saved.

b. Because you do not want to save the changes, click Don’t Save to discard them.
c. Close the browser window.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-40 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Exercises
2. Interacting with the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page
a. Open the browser and sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Eric’s credentials.
 All of the IDs used in this class have the same password, Student1.
b. Clear the list of recent items that are displayed in the Recent tile.
Hint: Click (Recent – Options) to clear recent items.
c. Open and interact with the Insight Toy Company Exploration in SAS Visual Analytics Explorer.
d. Maximize and interact with the Unit Production by Product and Location crosstab table.
 Maximize the visualization.
 Use the icons in the cells of the crosstab table to expand and drill down in the hierarchy to
answer the following question:
What is the unit capacity for toys in Houston, Texas in the United States?
Answer:
 Restore the visualization to its original size.
e. Maximize and interact with the Facility Forecast line chart.
 Answer the following question:
What is the highest actual facility efficiency value and in what month did it occur?
Answer:
 Click the (About these forecast results) icon to view information about the forecast.
 Expand the properties for each measure in the forecast.
 Close the details view.
Hint: Right-click the graph and clear Show Details.
 Restore the visualization to its original size.
f. Select and maximize the Unit Analysis visualization in the Dock pane.
Hint: Right-click Unit Analysis in the Dock pane and select Maximize to view the visualization
at a larger size.
 Click the (About these correlation results) icon to view information about the correlation.
 Close the details view.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.2 Using the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page 1-41

 Answer the following question:


What is the correlation between Unit Age and Unit Reliability?
Answer:
 Double-click the dark blue box that represents the correlation between Unit Reliability
and Unit Age to automatically create a new visualization.
 Click the (About these regression results) icon next to the Linear Fit Line information
at the bottom of the visualization to view information about the linear fit line.
g. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics and do not save the changes to the exploration.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-42 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

1.3 Discussing the Course Environment


and Scenario

Objectives
 Describe the server components of the SAS Visual
Analytics architecture.
 Describe the different types of deployments.
 List the functionality provided by the SAS LASR
Analytic Server.
 Describe the classroom environment.
 List the types of roles and capabilities that are used
with SAS Visual Analytics.

30

SAS Visual Analytics Server Components


SAS Visual Analytics is built on the platform for SAS
Business Analytics. It is designed to work with the SAS
LASR Analytic Server.

Clients Server Components

Web Browser SAS Visual Platform Servers


Analytics Web
Applications  SAS Metadata Server
 SAS Workspace Server
 Home Page  and so on
 Explorer
 Designer
Mobile Device
 Viewer
 Data Builder
 Graph Builder SAS LASR Analytic Server
 Administrator

31

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.3 Discussing the Course Environment and Scenario 1-43

SAS Visual Analytics Deployments


There are several ways that SAS Visual Analytics can be
deployed, including the following:
 non-distributed deployment (single server)
 distributed deployment using a co-located data
provider

The classroom environment uses non-distributed deployment.

32

Non-Distributed Deployment
This diagram shows a typical non-distributed deployment
of SAS Visual Analytics.

Can be installed
on a separate
machine

Not part of
Visual
Analytics

33

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-44 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Distributed Deployment
This diagram shows a typical distributed deployment of
SAS Visual Analytics.

Can be installed
on a separate
machine

Not part of
Visual
Analytics

34

1.03 Multiple Answer Poll


How is SAS Visual Analytics deployed at your site?
a. non-distributed deployment
b. distributed deployment
c. distributed deployment with an asymmetric data
source
d. I do not know.

35

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.3 Discussing the Course Environment and Scenario 1-45

The SAS LASR Analytic Server is deployed across several blades. Hadoop, or a supported co-located
data provider, also takes advantage of the distributed blade environment.

SAS LASR Analytic Server


The SAS LASR Analytic Server is an analytic platform
that provides a secure, multiuser environment for
concurrent access to data that is loaded into memory.

The SAS LASR Analytic Server enables the following:


 persistence of data in memory for a distributed
environment
 superfast analytic operations on data
 reduced start-up times for distributed computing
 multiple users to access the same in-memory data
in a secure manner

A second in-memory server, the SAS Public LASR Analytic Server,


might be available at your site.

37

Classroom Environment
Throughout this course, you access a non-distributed
SAS Visual Analytics environment that was deployed on
Windows.

The classroom environment is set up to facilitate training.


Each student uses a completely separate environment
that has no impact on other students.

SAS Visual Analytics times out after 30 minutes of


inactivity. Be sure to save your work often.

38
38

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-46 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

User Credentials Used during the Training


The administrator created several identities that include
credentials, security controls, and role-based capabilities
that are necessary to perform common tasks.

Christine Christine, an IT administrator, can


start the SAS LASR Analytic
Server, load data into memory, and
IT Administrator monitor the SAS LASR Analytic
Server. As a data administrator,
Data Administrator Christine can also prepare data.
Lynn Lynn, a data administrator, can
prepare data and load data to
Data Administrator
the SAS LASR Analytic Server.

39
continued...

User Credentials Used during the Training


Throughout this course, you adopt several personas.
Eric Eric, who is both an analyst and report
designer, can explore data and create
reports.
Analyst Christine and Lynn can
also explore data and
Report Designer create reports. Analyst Report Designer

Rob As an information consumer, Rob can


only view reports.
Information Consumer

40

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.3 Discussing the Course Environment and Scenario 1-47

1.04 Multiple Choice Poll


Which of the following is true?
a. All users have the ability to create reports.
b. Administrators control access to reports.
c. Only administrators can create reports.

41

Roles and Capabilities


Users of SAS Visual Analytics might have access to
different functionality, depending on their assigned roles.
Roles are mapped to capabilities. A capability, also
known as an application action, defines the operations
that a user can perform.
SAS Visual Analytics is shipped with five predefined roles:
 Visual Analytics: Administration
 Visual Analytics: Analysis
 Visual Analytics: Basic
 Visual Analytics: Data Building
 Visual Analytics: Report Viewing

43
43

 For more information about roles and capabilities, see the SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3:
Administration Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-48 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Roles and Capabilities


Some users of SAS Visual Analytics might have the ability
to delete and edit comments or create themes for their
organizations.

These roles are not specific to SAS Visual Analytics:


 Theme Designer for Flex: Administration
 Comments: Administrator

44
44

The user identities used during class are defined with the following role assignments:

Christine Lynn Eric Rob

Visual Analytics: Administration 

Visual Analytics: Analysis   

Visual Analytics: Basic * * * *

Visual Analytics: Data Building  

Visual Analytics: Report Viewing * * 

Comments: Administrator 

Theme Designer for Flex: Administration 

* This role is assigned because the user is a member of a group.


 Although Eric is not part of the Visual Analytics: Report Viewing role, he has all of the same
capabilities because they are enabled as part of the Visual Analytics: Analysis role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.3 Discussing the Course Environment and Scenario 1-49

Data Used during the Training


Throughout this course, you access data, explorations,
and reports that were defined and secured in the
metadata.

This content is stored in the


Shared Data folder within the
SAS Folders metadata structure.

You also use the Shared Data


location to store the items
that you create during class.

45
45

Data Used during the Training


The tables that you access and create during class are
stored in a metadata folder and registered in a library.
The tables in the Source
Data folder are physical
tables registered in the
Source Data Library.

The tables in the LASR


Data folder are in-memory
tables registered in the
Visual Analytics LASR
library.
46
46

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-50 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Exercises
3. Investigating the SAS Visual Analytics Users
a. Open the browser and sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Christine’s credentials.
b. Answer the following questions:
What buttons appear in the Action button area for Christine?
Answer:
Which of the following applications can Christine access?
___ Data Explorer
___ Report Designer
___ Report Viewer
___ Administrator
___ Data Preparation
___ Custom Graph Builder
___ Theme Designer
 Click (Side menu) to view the available applications.
c. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
d. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Eric’s credentials.
e. Answer the following questions:
What buttons appear in the Action button area for Eric?
Answer:
Which of the following applications can Eric access?
___ Data Explorer
___ Report Designer
___ Report Viewer
___ Administrator
___ Data Preparation
___ Custom Graph Builder
___ Theme Designer
f. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
g. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Rob’s credentials.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.3 Discussing the Course Environment and Scenario 1-51

h. Answer the following questions:


What buttons appear in the Action button area for Rob?
Answer:
Which of the following applications can Rob access?
___ Data Explorer
___ Report Designer
___ Report Viewer
___ Administrator
___ Data Preparation
___ Custom Graph Builder
___ Theme Designer
i. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
j. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Lynn’s credentials.
k. Answer the following questions:
What buttons appear in the Action button area for Lynn?
Answer:
Which of the following applications can Lynn access?
___ Data Explorer
___ Report Designer
___ Report Viewer
___ Administrator
___ Data Preparation
___ Custom Graph Builder
___ Theme Designer
l. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-52 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

1.4 Solutions
Solutions to Exercises
1. Interacting with a Report in the SAS Visual Analytics Viewer
a. Open the browser and sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Rob’s credentials.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Rob in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.
b. Open and interact with the Insight Toy Company Report in SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.
Click Insight Toy Company Report in the Favorites tile to open the report in SAS Visual
Analytics Viewer.
The report opens and the 2012 Dashboard section is displayed by default.

 The size and layout of the report objects on the classroom machine might be different
from what is shown above. Report object size and layouts can change depending
on the resolution of your computer and the size of the browser window.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.4 Solutions 1-53

c. Select Novelty from the report prompt to display information only for that product brand.

Which continents contain facilities that produce the Novelty product brand?
Europe, North America, and Oceania
The report prompt filters the entire report, including the section prompt.

d. Select Oceania from the section prompt to display information only for that continent.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-54 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

e. Double-click the thermometer gauge for Queensland to link to the Unit Metrics Report section.
The Unit Metrics Report section contains several report objects and filters.

1) What is the average facility age for Brisbane?


8
Move the mouse pointer over the bar for Average Facility Age to view the data tip.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.4 Solutions 1-55

2) What is the average unit age for Brisbane?


41

3) List the two units with the highest discards in Brisbane.


NPR000159 and NPR000099
Enter 2 in the Enter the number of units to display (1-10) text input control and press Enter.

f. Click to return to the 2012 Dashboard section.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-56 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

g. Select (Section)  Facility Summary.


The Facility Summary section contains several report objects and filters.

h. Click the link labeled Click here for additional information.


An info window is displayed with instructions for using the Facility Summary section.

Click Close to close the info window.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.4 Solutions 1-57

i. Select Brisbane from the section prompt to display information only for that city.

How many units in Brisbane produce the Kiosk product line?


3
Click the tile for Kiosk in the treemap to filter the list table.

j. Subscribe to any alerts for the report.


1) Click (Show) to view the Right pane.
2) Expand the Alerts section.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-58 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

3) Click the button next to the Unit Detail alert to subscribe to the alert.

k. Return to the Home Page and sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

1) Select (Side menu)  Home in the upper left corner to return to the Home Page.
2) Select Rob  Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
2. Interacting with the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page
a. Open the browser and sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Eric’s credentials.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.
b. Clear the list of recent items that are displayed in the Recent tile.

1) Click (Recent – Options) in the upper right corner of the Recent tile.
2) Select Clear.
3) Click Yes.
4) Verify that no items are displayed in the Recent tile.

c. Open and interact with the Insight Toy Company Exploration in SAS Visual Analytics Explorer.
1) Click next to the Insight Toy Company Exploration in the Favorites tile.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.4 Solutions 1-59

2) Click Open from the object inspector to open the exploration in SAS Visual Analytics
Explorer.
d. Maximize and interact with the Unit Production by Product and Location crosstab table.
1) Click (Maximize) on the title bar for the Unit Production by Product and Location
crosstab visualization to view it at a larger size.
2) If necessary, click (Expand) next to North America to view the countries in North
America.
3) Click (Expand) next to United States to view the regions in the United States.
4) Click (Drill) next to Texas to view only cities in Texas.
What is the unit capacity for toys in Houston, Texas in the United States?
422

5) Click (Restore) to view the crosstab visualization at its original size.


e. Maximize and interact with the Facility Forecast line chart.
1) Click (Maximize) on the title bar for the Facility Forecast line chart visualization
to view it at a larger size.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-60 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

2) Move the mouse pointer over the highest point on the line for the Facility Efficiency
(Average).
What is the highest actual facility efficiency value and in what month did it occur?
84.42% in April 2012

3) Click the (About these forecast results) icon to view information about the forecast.
4) Click to expand Facility Efficiency and Unit Actual.
Information about the forecast algorithm is displayed for each measure.

5) Right-click the graph and clear Show Details.


6) Click (Restore) to view the line chart visualization at its original size.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.4 Solutions 1-61

f. Select and maximize the Unit Analysis visualization in the Dock pane.
1) Right-click Unit Analysis in the Dock pane and select Maximize to view the visualization
at a larger size.

2) Click the (About these correlation results) icon to view information about
the correlation.

3) Right-click the graph and clear Show Details.


4) Move the mouse pointer over the dark blue box that represents the correlation between
Unit Reliability and Unit Age.
What is the correlation between Unit Age and Unit Reliability?
-0.9835

5) Double-click the dark blue box that represents the correlation between Unit Reliability
and Unit Age to automatically create a new visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-62 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

A new heat map visualization that shows the detail information about the correlation between
the selected measures is created.

6) Click the (About these regression results) icon next to the Linear Fit Line information
at the bottom of the visualization to view information about the linear fit line.

g. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics and do not save the changes to the exploration.
1) Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
2) Click Don’t Save when you are prompted to save the changes to the exploration.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.4 Solutions 1-63

3. Investigating the SAS Visual Analytics Users


a. Open the browser and sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Christine’s credentials.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Christine in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.
The SAS Visual Analytics Home Page appears by default.

b. Answer the following questions:


What buttons appear in the Action button area for Christine?
Data Explorer, Report Designer, and Data Preparation
Which of the following applications can Christine access?
 Data Explorer

 Report Designer
 Report Viewer
 Administrator

 Data Preparation
 Custom Graph Builder
 Theme Designer

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-64 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

 Click (Side menu) to view the available applications.

c. Select Christine  Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
d. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Eric’s credentials.
1) Click Sign in.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign in.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.4 Solutions 1-65

The SAS Visual Analytics Home Page appears by default.

e. Answer the following questions:


What buttons appear in the Action button area for Eric?
Data Explorer, Report Designer, and Custom Graph Builder
Which of the following applications can Eric access?

 Data Explorer
 Report Designer

 Report Viewer

Administrator

Data Preparation
 Custom Graph Builder

Theme Designer

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-66 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

 Click (Side menu) to view the available applications.

f. Select Eric  Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
g. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Rob’s credentials.
1) Click Sign in.
2) Enter Rob in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign in.
The SAS Visual Analytics Home Page appears by default.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.4 Solutions 1-67

h. Answer the following questions:


What buttons appear in the Action button area for Rob?
None
Which of the following applications can Rob access?

Data Explorer

Report Designer
 Report Viewer

Administrator

Data Preparation

Custom Graph Builder

Theme Designer

 Click (Side menu) to view the available applications.

i. Select Rob  Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
j. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Lynn’s credentials.
1) Click Sign in.
2) Enter Lynn in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign in.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-68 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The SAS Visual Analytics Home Page appears by default.

k. Answer the following questions:


What buttons appear in the Action button area for Lynn?
Data Explorer, Report Designer, and Data Preparation
Which of the following applications can Lynn access?
 Data Explorer
 Report Designer
 Report Viewer

Administrator
 Data Preparation
 Custom Graph Builder

Theme Designer

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.4 Solutions 1-69

 Click (Side menu) to view the available applications.

l. Select Lynn  Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-70 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Solutions to Student Activities (Polls/Quizzes)

1.02 Multiple Choice Poll – Correct Answer


Which of the following is true about tiles on the Modern
Home Page?
a. You can add content to all tiles.
b. You can delete all tiles.
c. You can edit all tiles.
d. You can hide all tiles.

23

1.03 Multiple Answer Poll – Correct Answers


How is SAS Visual Analytics deployed at your site?
a. non-distributed deployment
b. distributed deployment
c. distributed deployment with an asymmetric data
source
d. I do not know.

Answers will vary.

The classroom environment uses a non-distributed


deployment.

36

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1.4 Solutions 1-71

1.04 Multiple Choice Poll – Correct Answer


Which of the following is true?
a. All users have the ability to create reports.
b. Administrators control access to reports.
c. Only administrators can create reports.

Metadata security enables the administrator


to control to which data sources, explorations,
and reports each group of users has access.
Administrators also manage role-based capabilities
that control to which application features each group
of users has access.

42

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
1-72 Chapter 1 Getting Started w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Chapter 2 Administering the
Environment and Managing Data

2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder ........................................................................... 2-3


Demonstration: Preparing Data............................................................................... 2-19
Exercises............................................................................................................. 2-29

2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator ....................................................... 2-31


Demonstration: Exploring Additional Applications....................................................... 2-42

Exercises............................................................................................................. 2-57

2.3 Solutions ................................................................................................................. 2-58


Solutions to Exercises ........................................................................................... 2-58

Solutions to Student Activities (Polls/Quizzes) ........................................................... 2-64


2-2 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-3

2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder

Objectives
 Describe the purpose of SAS Visual Data Builder.
 Identify the components of SAS Visual Data Builder.
 Describe the purpose of a data query.
 List the steps to select input sources for a data query.
 Describe the process to manage column attributes
and create calculated columns.
 Define the types of filters that can be used in a data
query.
 List the types of data sources that can be imported
by SAS Visual Data Builder.

3
3

SAS Visual Analytics Architecture (Review)


SAS Visual Analytics consists of several parts.

Home Page Explorer Designer

Web Viewer Data Builder Administrator

Mobile BI Graph Builder LASR Analytic Server


4

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-4 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

What Is SAS Visual Data Builder?


SAS Visual Data Builder enables analysts and data
administrators to perform basic data preparation.

SAS Visual Data Builder enables you to do the following:


 build data queries from one or more source tables
 manage column properties
 create calculated columns by writing an expression
 filter the data to include only the desired rows
 create output tables or load the query results directly
to the SAS LASR Analytic Server
 import data from the local machine, the server,
Hadoop, or other sources

2.01 Poll
Have you used SAS Visual Data Builder to prepare data?
 Yes
 No

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-5

Accessing SAS Visual Data Builder


To access SAS Visual Data Builder, click Data Preparation
in the Action button area or select Data Preparation from
the Side menu.

Role-based capabilities determine whether the


Build Data functionality is available to you.

Clicking Data Preparation in the Action button area or selecting Data Preparation from the side menu
opens a new window. In the new window, you can choose to create a new query, open a recent query, or
import data.

When you select New  Data Query, a new query appears in the workspace.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-6 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

Components of SAS Visual Data Builder


Here are the components of SAS Visual Data Builder.
application bar
toolbar
menu
bar

navigation
Right pane:
pane
Inputs
workspace Outputs
Properties

lower pane

12

application bar Enables you to return to the Home Page and easily switch between open items.
menu bar Enables you to access common tasks and access online Help.

navigation pane Displays tables and data queries in the SAS Folders tree.

toolbar Contains icons for working with queries.

workspace Enables you to build data queries.

lower pane Enables you to manage the attributes of the query.


 The lower pane is active for the Design tab and the Code tab in the
workspace.

Right pane Enables you to manage the properties of the query, the input tables, and the output
table.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-7

Purpose of a Data Query


The results of a data query yield a table that is arranged
in a specific way to facilitate reporting and exploring by
analysts.

Creating this table might consist of the following:


 restructuring data across multiple rows into a single
row (for example, to facilitate forecasting)
 using a single column to create multiple columns with
different properties (for example, measures with
different aggregations)
 extracting information from a column (for example,
extracting a vendor ID from product codes)

13

A SAS Visual Data Builder data query is a metadata object that can include the following:
 metadata representation of source tables or queries
 metadata properties that define output and staging tables
 criteria for joining multiple tables
 column properties
 aggregations

For more information about creating data queries, see Chapter 9 in SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s
Guide.

Using the Design View


The Design tab is the default view for working with data
queries.

The Design tab enables


you to do the following:
 add source tables
or data queries
 define joins
 create new columns
 edit column
properties
 filter data

14

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-8 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

 SQL statements are generated by the data preparation expressions that are specified on the Design
tab. They can be viewed on the Code tab.

Adding Source Tables


SAS Visual Data Builder enables you to select tables or
data queries as source tables in the navigation pane.
Right-click the table and select Add to Query or drag the
table or query to the workspace.

When a table is added as a source


table, a connection is made to the
SAS Metadata Server to determine
the column attributes.

When a data query is added as a


source table, the column attributes
are retrieved from the output table
that is defined in that query.

15

A table must be registered in metadata before you can access the data in your data queries. An
administrator can use SAS Visual Analytics Administrator or SAS Management Console to register tables
in metadata.
LASR tables can be used as source tables for a query, but it is not recommended. The workspace server is
used to process the query (not the SAS LASR Analytic Server). If the LASR table is large, this could
result in reduced performance.

 You can remove a source table from the data query by right-clicking the table on the Design tab
and selecting Remove Table.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-9

Joining Tables
SAS Visual Data Builder enables you to join multiple
tables and data queries. As tables and data queries are
added to the workspace, joins are added automatically
when the tables have foreign and primary keys or
matching column attributes.
You can change the join type or remove the join by right-
clicking the join line and selecting the type.

16

SAS Visual Data Builder attempts to join tables automatically as you add them to the workspace.
 If primary or foreign key information is registered in the table metadata, the application retrieves the
information and uses it to create the join.
 If there is no primary or foreign key information in the metadata, then the tables are joined by matching
column name and type.

 Column name matches are case sensitive.

The default join type is determined by whether key columns are defined and if the columns are nullable.
 If the column for the first table is not nullable (key values cannot be missing), but the column for the
second table is nullable (key values can be missing), a left join is used.
 If the column for the first table is nullable, but the column for the second table is not nullable, a right
join is used.
 If both columns for the first and second tables are nullable, a full join is used.
 If none of the previous conditions are met, an inner join is used.
The order in which you add source tables to the workspace is important. The first source table that is
added to the workspace is automatically assigned as the left table for any joins that are specified for the
data query.

 SAS Visual Data Builder supports joining a maximum of 256 tables.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-10 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

2.02 Poll
SAS Visual Data Builder joins tables automatically. The
default join type cannot be changed.
 True
 False

17

Adding Columns to a Data Query


After adding source tables, you must select the columns
that you want to use in the data query.

You can right-click the table name


and select Add All Columns to add
all of the columns to the data query.

To select individual columns, move the


pointer over the column until you see the
pencil icon. Click the column name to add
it to the data query. The icon indicates
that the column is selected.
19

A column can be added to the output table multiple times. When you add a column multiple times, a
number is appended to each column name after the first occurrence.
For more information about using the Column Editor tab to specify column properties, see Chapter 11 in
SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-11

2.03 Quiz
Why would you want to add a column to a query multiple
times?

20

Lower Pane: Column Editor Tab


As columns are selected from the source tables, they are
added to the Column Editor tab in the lower pane.

You can use the Column Editor to change the properties


for each column.

22

For more information about using the Column Editor tab to specify column properties, see Chapter 11 in
SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-12 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

Creating Calculated Columns


You can create new columns by specifying an expression
to calculate the column value.

Click the plus sign ( ) on the


Column Editor tab to add a row
for a new column.

Click in each cell to enter the values for the new column.

Click in the Expression field to access the Expression


Builder. An expression is required for each calculated
column.
23

 The Column Name, Expression, and Type fields are required when you create calculated
columns.

Using the Expression Builder


The Expression Builder enables you to build the
calculation that populates the values for the new column.

Expressions are a combination of source table fields,


functions, and operators such as those for addition
and subtraction.

24

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-13

Filtering Data
There are two ways to filter data in SAS Visual Data
Builder.

WHERE An expression that is applied to the input


Clause data to subset values based on columns in
the source table
HAVING An expression that is applied to either input
Clause data or calculated columns

25

 For best practices when working with filters, see Chapter 12 of SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s
Guide.

2.04 Poll
A WHERE clause can be used to filter calculated
columns.
 True
 False

26

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-14 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

Validating the Query


Clicking (Validate query) on the toolbar checks the
query syntax and displays a message.

The Messages tab in the lower pane provides details.

28

Right Pane
The Right pane contains three tabs:

29

 A SAS library is a group of SAS files that are stored in the same directory and accessed by the
same engine. Other files can be stored in the directory, but only files with extensions assigned by
SAS are recognized as part of the SAS library. For additional information, see “SAS Libraries” in
SAS® 9.4 Language Reference: Concepts.

For more information about properties on the Inputs tab, see “Specifying Properties for a Source Table”
in SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.
For more information about properties on the Outputs and Properties tabs, see “Specifying Properties for
a Data Query” in SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-15

Using the Code Tab


The Code tab enables you to view the SQL query code.

Clicking
enables you to
unlock the code
for manual
editing.

If you unlock the code in


error, click on the toolbar
to undo the unlock action.

30

Previewing and Running the Query


When you preview or run the data query, the results are
displayed on the Results tab.

You can preview the


results at any time.
You must save the
data query before
you can run it.

The Explore Results link is enabled if the output table


is created in a SAS LASR Analytic Server library.
31

 Only the first 100 rows of data are displayed by default.

For more information about working with the Results tab, see Chapter 20 in the SAS® Visual Analytics
7.3: User’s Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-16 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

Importing Data
SAS Visual Data Builder enables you to import four types
of data:
 local files
– XLS, XLSX, XLSM, XLSB
– CSV, TXT, ZIP
– SAS data set
 server data
 Hadoop data
 other

Additional information and setup might


be required for each type of data source.
32

2.05 Multiple Answer Poll


What types of files will you import in SAS Visual
Analytics?
a. local files (Microsoft Excel spreadsheets, delimited
text files, SAS data sets)
b. SAS data sets on a server
c. server data (Oracle, Teradata, ODBC, and so on)
d. Hadoop data (Cloudera, Hortonworks, and so on)
e. other data (Facebook, Google Analytics, Twitter)
f. SAS Information Maps

33

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-17

Importing Local Files


You can specify additional options and preview the data
for each type of local file.
Microsoft Excel Text

SAS Data Set

34

Importing Server and Hadoop Data


Each server data source requires location or connection
information, or both. Cloudera Table
Oracle Table
SAS Data Set

35

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-18 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

Demonstration
Build a new data query to create the CustomerOrders
table on the SAS LASR Analytic Server.
You join two tables and create one calculated column.

Profit is calculated by
multiplying the quantity
sold by the item cost and
then subtracting the result
from the total retail price.

36

Exercise
Build a new data query to create the ProductAnalysis
table on the SAS LASR Analytic Server.
You join two tables and create one calculated column.

Profit is calculated by
multiplying the quantity
sold by the item cost and
then subtracting the result
from the total retail price.

37

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-19

Preparing Data

This demonstration illustrates how to use SAS Visual Data Builder to build a data source for exploring
and reporting.

1. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Lynn’s credentials.


a. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.

b. Enter Lynn in the User ID field.


c. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
d. Click Sign In.
2. Access SAS Visual Data Builder.
a. Click Data Preparation in the Action button area or select Data Preparation from the Side
menu.

 Role-based capabilities determine whether the Build Data functionality is available.

SAS Visual Data Builder opens and a window appears.

b. Select New  Data Query to create a new data query.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-20 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

The Prepare Data button is displayed on the application bar.

3. Add source tables to the query.


a. In the navigation pane, expand the Shared Data folder.
b. Expand the Source Data folder.
c. Right-click the ORDERS table and select Add to Query.
d. In the workspace, right-click in the ORDERS table and select Add All Columns.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-21

The selected columns and their properties are displayed on the Column Editor tab in the lower
pane.

e. In the navigation pane, right-click the CUSTOMER_DIM table and select Add to Query.
The CUSTOMER_DIM table is automatically joined to the ORDERS table by Customer_ID,
based on a match of column name and column type.

f. In the workspace, click each of the following columns in the CUSTOMER_DIM table once to
add them to the query:
 Customer_Name
 Customer_BirthDate
 Customer_Age_Group
 Customer_Type
 Customer_Group
 Customer_Age
 CustomerGenderLabel
 CustomerCountryLabel

 A total of 28 columns should be listed on the Column Editor tab.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-22 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

4. Create a calculated column for Profit.


a. Scroll to the bottom of the Column Editor tab in the lower pane.
b. Click the plus sign in the last row to add a new row.

c. Click in the Column Name cell for the new row.


d. Enter Profit.
e. Click the Expression cell to make it active.
f. Click to open the Expression Builder.

1) On the Fields tab, click next to the ORDERS table to expand it.

 Do not double-click a table unless you want to add the table to the SQL expression.

2) Double-click RetailPrice to add it to the expression.

3) Enter  (minus sign) in the SQL expression area after ORDERS.RetailPrice.


4) Enter ( (open parenthesis) in the SQL expression area after the minus sign.
5) Double-click Quantity to add it to the expression.

6) Enter * (multiplication sign) in the SQL expression area after ORDERS.Quantity.


7) Double-click Cost to add it to the expression.
8) Enter ) (close parenthesis) in the SQL expression area after ORDERS.Cost.
The SQL expression should resemble the following:

9) Click Apply.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-23

g. Click the Type cell to make it active.


h. Select NUMERIC from the list.
i. Click the Format cell.
1) Select DOLLARw.d as the Format type.
2) Enter 13 in the Width field.
3) Enter 2 in the Decimals field.
The Select a Format window should resemble the following:

4) Click OK.
j. Click the Label cell and enter Profit.

The column properties should resemble the following:

5. Remove two columns.


a. Locate the row for Customer_ID on the Column Editor tab.
b. Right-click Customer_ID and select Remove Column.

c. Locate the row for Product_ID on the Column Editor tab.


d. Right-click Product_ID and select Remove Column.

 A total of 27 columns should be listed on the Column Editor tab.

6. Specify the properties for the output table.


a. Click the Outputs tab in the Right pane.
b. Click Clear to clear the existing output table properties.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-24 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

 It is a best practice to clear the existing values before specifying output table properties.

c. Enter CustomerOrders in the Table field.


d. Click next to the Location field.

1) Navigate to the Shared Data  LASR Data folder.


2) Click OK.
e. Click next to the Library field.

1) Expand the Products folder on the left side of the window.


2) Select the SAS Visual Analytics Administrator folder on the left side of the window.
3) Select the Visual Analytics LASR library on the right side of the window.

4) Click OK.
The Outputs tab should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-25

7. Save the query.


a. Select File  Save or click (Save query) on the toolbar.

b. Select the Shared Data folder.


c. Enter Customer Orders Query in the Name field.
d. Click Save.
8. Preview the query.
a. Click (Preview or Run query) on the toolbar and select Preview.

The query is submitted and the results are displayed.


b. Scroll to the right to verify that the Profit column has the values that you expect.

9. View the query code.


a. Click the Code tab to view the query code.
b. Use the scroll bars to view all of the code.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-26 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

c. Click the Design tab to return to the Design view.


10. Run the query and create the output table in the SAS LASR Analytic Server.
a. Click (Preview or Run query) on the toolbar and select Run.

 Unsaved changes to the query must be saved before the Run option is enabled.

b. If the query runs successfully, the Show Results window appears.

c. Click No.

 Clicking Yes to display the results can take a significant amount of time.
Because the output table was created in the SAS LASR Analytic Server, the Explore Results link
is active.

11. Explore the new table in SAS Visual Analytics Explorer.


a. Click Explore Results on the toolbar.
SAS Visual Analytics Explorer appears with the new table loaded as the data source.

 The data query is still open and can be viewed by clicking the Prepare Data button on
the application bar.
b. In the Data pane, click Month Name in the Category group, hold down the Ctrl key, and click
Profit in the Measure group.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-27

c. Drag the selected items onto the workspace in the middle of the window.

The automatic chart functionality determines the best visualization type based on the selected
data.

d. Right-click Month Name on the horizontal axis label and select Sort  Ascending.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-28 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

12. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics and do not save the changes to the exploration.
a. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner.

b. Click Don’t Save to discard changes to the exploration.


c. Close the browser window.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.1 Exploring SAS Visual Data Builder 2-29

Exercises

1. Creating a New Data Source to Analyze Sales by Product


a. Open the browser and sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Lynn’s credentials.
b. Use SAS Visual Data Builder to build a new query.
c. Add the specified tables and columns from the Shared Data\Source Data folder.
ORDERS table:
All columns except the following:
 Customer_ID
 Product_ID

PRODUCT_DIM table:
 Product_Line
 Product_Category
 Product_Group
 Product_Name
 Supplier_Name
 SupplierCountryLabel
 SupplierContinent
 A total of 25 columns should be listed on the Column Editor tab.

d. Create a calculated column for Profit.

Column Name Profit

Expression RetailPrice-(Quantity*Cost)

Type NUMERIC

Format DOLLARw.d, width=13, decimals=2

Label Profit

e. Preview the results to verify that the Profit column was created successfully.
f. Specify the Output table properties.
 Clear the existing values on the Outputs tab.
 Table: ProductAnalysis
 Location: Shared Data/LASR Data
 Library: Products/SAS Visual Analytics Administrator/Visual Analytics LASR

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-30 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

g. Save the query.


 Name: Product Analysis Query
 Location: Shared Data
h. Run the query and explore the new table in SAS Visual Analytics Explorer.
Select the following data items, in the specified order, and drag them to the workspace:
 Cost
 Profit
 Quantity Ordered
 Retail Price

i. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics and do not save the exploration.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-31

2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics


Administrator

Objectives
 Explore the functionality provided by SAS Visual
Analytics Administrator.
 Describe the components of the SAS Visual Analytics
Administrator interface.
 List the functionality provided by the various tabs
in the administrator.
 List the functionality provided by SAS Management
Console.
 Describe the purpose of SAS Theme Designer.
 Describe the purpose of SAS Visual Analytics Graph
Builder.

41
41

SAS Visual Analytics Architecture (Review)


SAS Visual Analytics consists of several parts.

Home Page Explorer Designer

Web Viewer Data Builder Administrator

Mobile BI Graph Builder LASR Analytic Server


42

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-32 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

What Is SAS Visual Analytics Administrator?


SAS Visual Analytics Administrator provides functionality
for managing the environment.
Menu items enable you to select
the tabs that you want to display.

43

Visual Analytics Administrator Features


SAS Visual Analytics Administrator provides the following
functionality:
 start and stop the SAS LASR Analytic Server
 load tables to and unload tables from the server
 set a table’s limit value to control loading new tables
 register and delete tables from metadata
 set permissions on folders, libraries, and tables
 using the interactive editor, define permission
conditions for row-level security
 manage mobile devices and alerts
 monitor resources and processes
 view information about SAS High-Performance
deployments of Hadoop
44 Non-distributed deployments do not provide all of this functionality.

 The SAS Visual Analytics Administrator works in conjunction with SAS Management Console
for managing the environment.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-33

2.06 Poll
Do you manage the SAS Visual Analytics environment?
 Yes
 No

45

Accessing SAS Visual Analytics Administrator


To access SAS Visual Analytics Administrator, select
Administrator from the Side menu.

Role-based capabilities determine whether the


Manage Environment functionality is available to you.

46

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-34 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

Visual Analytics Administrator Components


Here are the components of the SAS Visual Analytics
Administrator:
application bar

workspace
menu bar

The classroom environment uses


a non-distributed deployment.
More menu options and tabs are
navigation
available with other deployments
pane
and provide additional functionality.
47

application bar Enables you to return to the Home Page and easily switch between open items.
menu bar Enables you to access common tasks and tabs and access online Help.

navigation pane Displays tables and libraries in the SAS Folders tree.

workspace Displays tabs that provide administrative functionality.

LASR Servers Tab


The LASR Servers tab displays information about the
SAS LASR Analytic Servers that are defined in metadata.

Selecting a server displays the status using a colored icon.

48

You can access the LASR Servers tab by selecting LASR  Manage Servers.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-35

The toolbar on the LASR Servers tab provides additional functionality:

Refresh

Clear all check boxes

Get status

Start the server

Stop the server

Load table

 Right-clicking the column headings on the LASR Tables tab enables you to display additional
columns.

LASR Tables Tab


The LASR Tables tab displays information about the
tables that are registered to the SAS LASR Analytic
Servers and are defined in metadata.

Selecting a table displays the status using a colored icon.

49

You can access the LASR Tables tab by selecting LASR  Manage Tables.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-36 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

 The LASR Tables tab shown above is displaying only tables where the Location contains the
keywords LASR Data.

The toolbar on the LASR Tables tab provides additional functionality:

Refresh

Clear all check boxes

Get status

Load table

Reload table

Unload table

Delete table

 Right-clicking the column headings on the LASR Tables tab enables you to display additional
columns.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-37

Resource Monitor Tab


The Resource Monitor tab displays information about the
resource utilization.

The Resource Monitor


tab is available only in a
distributed deployment.

50

You can access the Resource Monitor tab by selecting LASR  Monitor Resources.

 For more information about interacting with the Resource Monitor tab, see Chapter 5 of the
SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: Administration Guide.

Process Monitor Tab


The Process Monitor tab displays information about the
per-process resource utilization.

The Process Monitor


tab is available only in a
distributed deployment.

51

You can access the Process Monitor tab by selecting LASR  Monitor Processes.

 For more information about interacting with the Process Monitor tab, see Chapter 5 of
SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: Administration Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-38 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

Mobile Devices Tab


The Mobile Devices tab enables you to view mobile device
information and specify the type of access control that is
enforced.

An administrator can manage either a blacklist or a whitelist.


Blacklist Devices that cannot access the environment
Whitelist Devices that can access the environment
52

You can access the Mobile Devices tab by selecting Tools  Manage Devices.

 For more information about mobile device administration, see Chapter 3 of SAS® Visual Analytics
7.3: Administration Guide.

2.07 Poll
SAS Visual Analytics manages mobile devices by adding
mobile users to the blacklist or the whitelist.
 True
 False

53

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-39

Manage Alerts Tab


The Manage Alerts tab enables you to view and delete
alert subscriptions for reports.

Alerts can be created in SAS Visual Analytics Designer.

55

You can access the Alerts tab by selecting Tools  Manage Alerts.

 For more information about administering alerts, see Chapter 4 of SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3:
Administration Guide.

SAS Visual Analytics Administration


Using SAS Visual Analytics Administrator, the IT
administrator can manage and monitor many aspects of
the environment. Additional functionality is provided by
SAS Management Console.

SAS Management Console can be used to perform these


common tasks:
 registering data sources
 specifying permissions
 defining users and groups
 managing servers
 granting application capabilities

56

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-40 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

What Is SAS Management Console?


SAS Management Console enables you to manage many
aspects of the SAS platform using plug-ins, such as the
Data Library Manager and the User Manager.
You can also use SAS Management Console to manage
and secure the SAS Folders tree.

57

 For more information about SAS Management Console, see the following:
 SAS® 9.4 Management Console: Guide to Users and Permissions
 SAS® 9.4 Intelligence Platform: System Administration Guide (Overview of SAS Management
Console)
Help for SAS Management Console is also accessible within the product.

SAS Visual Analytics Graph Builder


SAS Visual Analytics Graph Builder enables you to create
custom graphs that can be used in the Designer.

58

 For more information about creating custom graph objects, see Chapters 52-54 of SAS® Visual
Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-41

SAS Theme Designer


SAS Theme Designer for Flex enables you to customize
the appearance of SAS web applications by creating and
deploying customized themes.

59

 For more information about SAS Theme Designer, see SAS® Theme Designer 4.7 for Flex: User’s
Guide.

 Themes created using the SAS Theme Designer cannot be applied to the Modern Home Page or
the Modern Viewer.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-42 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

Exploring Additional Applications

This demonstration illustrates how to access and view functionality provided by the following
applications:
 SAS Visual Analytics Administrator
 SAS Visual Analytics Graph Builder
 SAS Theme Designer
 SAS Management Console
1. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Christine’s credentials.
a. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or
from the link on the page.
b. Enter Christine in the User ID field.
c. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
d. Click Sign in.
2. Access SAS Visual Analytics Administrator.
a. Click (Side menu) in the upper left corner of the Home Page.

b. Select Administrator.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-43

SAS Visual Analytics Administrator appears.

 The tabs on the classroom machine might not match those shown above.
 If the LASR Servers tab is not displayed, select LASR  Manage Servers.
 If the LASR Tables tab is not displayed, select LASR  Manage Tables.
3. If necessary, click the LASR Servers tab to make it active.
4. Select LASR Analytic Server - sasbap.
The connection status is updated and indicates whether the server is running or stopped.

5. Click the LASR Tables tab to make it active.


In addition to tables that are used for building explorations and reports, the LASR Tables tab also
contains tables that are used for administrative and sample reports.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-44 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

6. Click the drop-down list in the upper right corner of the LASR Tables tab and select Location.

7. Enter LASR Data in the Search field.


The LASR Tables tab is updated to show only tables that contain the words LASR Data in the
Location field. These are the tables that are used for building explorations and reports.

8. Select the check box at the top of the tab to select the check boxes for each row.

9. Click (Get Status for selected (checked) tables) on the toolbar to obtain the status of all of the
tables.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-45

The connection status is updated and indicates whether each table is loaded or unloaded.

10. Select the Get status as tab is initialized check box to update the status indicator for all of the
objects each time the tab is accessed.

11. Click (Clear all check boxes).

12. Unload INSIGHT_TOY_COMPANY_2012 from the SAS LASR Analytic Server.


a. Select the INSIGHT_TOY_COMPANY_2012 check box.
b. Click (Unload the selected (checked) tables) on the toolbar.

The following message temporarily appears in the bottom right corner:

13. Select Tools  Manage Alerts.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-46 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

14. Select Tools  Manage Devices.


The Mobile Devices tab opens in the workspace.

 The information shown on the classroom machine might differ from what is displayed above.

15. Click (Home Page) in the upper left corner to return to the Home Page.

16. Access the Graph Builder to create a custom graph.


a. Click (Side menu) in the upper left corner of the Home Page.

b. Select Custom Graph Builder.

Using the SAS Visual Analytics Graph Builder, you can create custom graph objects that can be
used in reports that are created by SAS Visual Analytics Designer.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-47

The New Custom Graph window is displayed by default.

c. With Blank selected, click OK.


d. From the Graph Elements pane, drag the Bar Chart object onto the canvas.
e. Drag the Band Plot object onto the canvas on top of the bar chart object.

Custom graph objects can be created by combining multiple items and specifying common roles
and properties.

 If you were to continue building a custom graph, you would use the Role Definitions and
Properties tabs in the Right pane to define these settings.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-48 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

17. Click (Home Page) in the upper left corner to return to the Home Page.

18. Access SAS Theme Designer for Flex.


a. Click (Side menu) in the upper left corner of the Home Page.

b. Select SAS Theme Designer (Classic).

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-49

Using SAS Theme Designer for Flex, you can create a customized theme or modify an existing
theme.

c. Click Create a Theme.


d. Accept the default value for the Base theme field and click OK.

e. From the User Interface Components pane, click the color selector next to the Text color field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-50 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

f. Select a red color.


The display on the right side of the window illustrates the effect of the change.

19. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.


a. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner.
b. Click No when you are prompted to save the theme.
c. Click OK when you are prompted to exit the applications and discard the changes.
d. Close the browser window.

Exploring the Functionality Provided by SAS Management Console

1. Click Start  SAS Management Console 9.4.

 If the application is not on the Start menu, select Start  All Programs  SAS 
SAS Management Console 9.4.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-51

2. Accept the default connection profile and click OK.

A connection profile contains instructions about how to connect to the SAS Metadata Server. User
credentials can be stored in the profile, as is the case on the classroom machine.

The status bar at the bottom of the window indicates that you are connected as Eric. These
credentials were saved as part of the connection profile.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-52 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

3. If necessary, click the Plug-ins tab.

Each plug-in provides additional administration functionality. Role-based capabilities limit the plug-
ins that Eric is able to see.
4. Explore the Data Library Manager plug-in.
a. Expand the Data Library Manager plug-in.
b. Expand the Libraries folder.
c. Select Source Data Library.

A library contains instructions for accessing a specific data source or location. Libraries can
include metadata definitions for the physical tables that they contain.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-53

These are the same tables that you accessed in SAS Visual Data Builder.

d. Select the Visual Analytics LASR library.

These are the same tables that you viewed on the LASR Tables tab in the Administrator.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-54 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

5. Explore the User Manager plug-in.


a. Collapse the tree for the Data Library Manager plug-in.
b. Select the User Manager plug-in.
c. Clear the Show Roles check box on the right side of the window.

The User Manager plug-in is used to create and manage credentials for users and groups of users.
Some users and groups are predefined by SAS and provide special functionality. The User
Manager plug-in is also used to manage roles and capabilities.

d. Select the Show Roles check box.


e. Clear the Show Users check box.
f. Clear the Show Groups check box.
g. Click the User, Group, or Role column to sort the roles in descending order.

Roles provide the ability to grant capabilities to the various applications and SAS platform
features and functionality.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-55

6. Explore the SAS Folders tree.


a. Click the Folders tab.
The Folders tab enables the IT administrator to organize and set permissions on metadata objects
such as tables, explorations, reports, queries, and other objects.

b. Expand the Shared Data folder.

These are the same folders that you viewed in SAS Visual Data Builder and SAS Visual Analytics
Administrator.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-56 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

c. Select the Source Data folder.

d. Select the LASR Data folder.

7. Select File  Exit to close SAS Management Console.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.2 Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator 2-57

Exercises

2. Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator


 If you followed along with the demonstration, there is no need to complete this exercise.

a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Christine’s credentials.


b. Access SAS Visual Analytics Administrator.
c. Unload INSIGHT_TOY_COMPANY_2012 from the SAS LASR Analytic Server using the
LASR Tables tab.
d. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-58 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

2.3 Solutions
Solutions to Exercises
1. Creating a New Data Source to Analyze Sales by Product
a. Open the browser and sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Lynn’s credentials.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.

2) Enter Lynn in the User ID field.


3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign in.
b. Use SAS Visual Data Builder to build a new query.
1) Click Data Preparation in the Action button area or select Data Preparation from the Side
menu.

2) Select New  Data Query to create a new data query.


c. Add the specified tables and columns.
1) In the navigation pane, expand the Shared Data folder.
2) Expand the Source Data folder.
3) Right-click the ORDERS table and select Add to Query.
4) Add all columns to the query output except Customer_ID and Product_ID.

a) In the workspace, right-click in the ORDERS table and select Add All Columns.
b) On the Column Editor tab in the lower pane, scroll to locate the Customer_ID column.
c) Right-click Customer_ID and select Remove Column.
d) Locate the Product_ID column.
e) Right-click Product_ID and select Remove Column.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.3 Solutions 2-59

5) In the navigation pane, right-click the PRODUCT_DIM table (in the Shared Data/Source
Data folder) and select Add to Query.
The PRODUCT_DIM table is automatically joined to the ORDERS table by Product_ID.

6) Click each of the following columns in the PRODUCT_DIM table to add them to the query:
 Product_Line
 Product_Category
 Product_Group
 Product_Name
 Supplier_Name
 SupplierCountryLabel
 SupplierContinent

 A total of 25 columns should be listed on the Column Editor tab.

d. Create a calculated column for Profit.


1) Scroll to the bottom of the Column Editor tab in the lower pane.
2) Click in the last row to add a new row.

3) Click in the Column Name cell for the new row.


4) Enter Profit.
5) Click the Expression cell to make it active.
6) Click in the Expression field to open the Expression Builder.

a) On the Fields tab, click next to the ORDERS table to expand it.

b) Double-click RetailPrice to add it to the expression.

c) Enter  (a minus sign) in the SQL expression area after ORDERS.RetailPrice.


d) Enter ( (an open parenthesis) in the SQL expression area after the minus sign.
e) Double-click Quantity to add it to the expression.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-60 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

f) Enter * (multiplication sign) in the SQL expression area after ORDERS.Quantity.


g) Double-click Cost to add it to the expression.
h) Enter ) (a close parenthesis) in the SQL expression area after ORDERS.Cost.
The SQL expression should resemble the following:

i) Click Apply.
7) Click in the Type cell to make it active.
8) Select NUMERIC from the list.
9) Click in the Format cell.
a) Select DOLLARw.d as the format type.
b) Enter 13 in the Width field.
c) Enter 2 in the Decimals field.
d) Click OK.
10) Click in the Label cell and enter Profit.
e. Preview the results to verify that the Profit column was created successfully.
1) Click (Preview or Run query) on the toolbar and select Preview.

The query is submitted and the results are displayed.

2) Scroll to the right to verify that the Profit column has the values that you expect.

3) Click the Design tab.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.3 Solutions 2-61

f. Specify the Output table properties.


1) Click the Outputs tab in the Right pane.
2) Click Clear on the Outputs tab to clear the existing values.
3) Enter ProductAnalysis in the Table field.
4) Click next to the Location field.

a) Navigate to the Shared Data  LASR Data folder.


b) Click OK.
5) Click next to the Library field.

a) Expand the Products folder on the left side of the window.


b) Select the SAS Visual Analytics Administrator folder on the left side of the window.
c) Select the Visual Analytics LASR library on the right side of the window.
d) Click OK.
The Outputs tab should resemble the following:

g. Save the query.


1) Click (Save query) on the toolbar.

2) Select the Shared Data folder.

3) Enter Product Analysis Query in the Name field.


4) Click Save.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-62 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

h. Run the query and explore the new table in SAS Visual Analytics Explorer.
1) Click (Preview or Run query) on the toolbar and select Run.

2) If the query runs successfully, the Show Results window appears.


3) Click No.
Because the output table was created in the SAS LASR Analytic Server, the Explore Results
link is active.

4) Click Explore Results on the toolbar.


SAS Visual Analytics Explorer appears with the new table loaded as the data source.
5) In the Data pane, click Cost in the Measure group, hold down the Ctrl key, and click Profit,
Quantity Ordered, and Retail Price.

6) Drag the selected items onto the workspace in the middle of the window.
The automatic chart functionality determines the best visualization type based on the selected
data.

i. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics and do not save the exploration.
1) Click Sign Out in the upper right corner.
2) Click Don’t Save to exit SAS Visual Analytics and discard the exploration.
3) Close the browser window.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.3 Solutions 2-63

2. Exploring SAS Visual Analytics Administrator


a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics using Christine’s credentials.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Christine in the User ID field.

3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.


4) Click Sign in.
b. Access SAS Visual Analytics Administrator.
1) Click (Side menu) in the upper left corner of the Home Page.

2) Select Administrator.
c. Unload INSIGHT_TOY_COMPANY_2012 from the SAS LASR Analytic Server using the
LASR Tables tab.

1) If necessary, click the LASR Tables tab to make it active.


2) Select the INSIGHT_TOY_COMPANY_2012 check box.
3) Click (Unload the selected (checked) tables) on the toolbar.

The following message temporarily appears in the bottom right corner:

d. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-64 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

Solutions to Student Activities (Polls/Quizzes)

2.03 Quiz – Correct Answer


Why would you want to add a column to a query multiple
times?

Possible answer:
Your analysts need to use the data item with different
formats. For example, the Order_Date data item
needs to show months (using the MONYY7. format)
and years (using the YEAR4. format).

21

2.04 Poll – Correct Answer


A WHERE clause can be used to filter calculated
columns.
 True
 False

Use a HAVING clause to subset values based


on calculated columns.

27

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2.3 Solutions 2-65

2.07 Poll – Correct Answer


SAS Visual Analytics manages mobile devices by adding
mobile users to the blacklist or the whitelist.
 True
 False

At any time, only one of the lists is enforced. Adding


a device to the list that is not currently enforced has
no effect.

54

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
2-66 Chapter 2 Administering the Environment and Managing Data

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual
Analytics Explorer

3.1 Examining Visual Analytics Explorer........................................................................ 3-3

3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties ................................................... 3-9
Demonstration: Accessing and Working with a Data Source........................................ 3-16

Exercises............................................................................................................. 3-27
Demonstration: Creating an Automatic Chart Visualization .......................................... 3-35

Exercises............................................................................................................. 3-43

3.3 Creating Visualizations ........................................................................................... 3-45


Demonstration: Creating Basic Visualizations: Part 1 ................................................. 3-51

Exercises............................................................................................................. 3-58

Demonstration: Creating Basic Visualizations: Part 2 ................................................. 3-64


Exercises............................................................................................................. 3-68

Demonstration: Creating Advanced Visualizations: Part 1 ........................................... 3-75

Exercises............................................................................................................. 3-86
Demonstration: Creating Advanced Visualizations: Part 2 ........................................... 3-97

Exercises........................................................................................................... 3-104

3.4 Enhancing Visualizations with Analytics .............................................................. 3-107


Demonstration: Adding Analytics to an Exploration ...................................................3-114
Exercises........................................................................................................... 3-128

3.5 Interacting with Visualizations and Explorations ................................................. 3-130


Demonstration: Interacting with Visualizations......................................................... 3-138
Exercises........................................................................................................... 3-143

3.6 Solutions ............................................................................................................... 3-145


Solutions to Exercises ......................................................................................... 3-145
3-2 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Solutions to Student Activities (Polls/Quizzes) ......................................................... 3-178

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.1 Examining Visual Analytics Explorer 3-3

3.1 Examining Visual Analytics Explorer

Objectives
 Describe SAS Visual Analytics Explorer.
 Discuss the differences between explorations and
visualizations.
 Identify the components of the SAS Visual Analytics
Explorer.

SAS Visual Analytics Architecture (Review)


SAS Visual Analytics consists of several parts.

Home Page Explorer Designer

Web Viewer Data Builder Administrator

Mobile BI Graph Builder LASR Analytic Server


4

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-4 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

What Is SAS Visual Analytics Explorer?


SAS Visual Analytics Explorer enables
you to explore in-memory tables from
the SAS LASR Analytic Server.
Explorer
Using the Explorer, you can interact
with your data sources in the following ways:
 manage data item properties, change aggregations,
calculate new values, and filter values
 visualize your information using charts, plots, and tables
 create decision trees, network diagrams, Sankey
diagrams, and word clouds
 view analytic information including descriptions of the
analytic results
* These tasks require
 perform statistical modeling tasks* SAS Visual Statistics.
5

 The features of SAS Visual Statistics have been integrated into the Explorer in SAS Visual
Analytics 7.2. If SAS Visual Statistics is licensed at your site, then the following features are
available:
 An enhanced decision tree visualization, which includes interactive training and model
assessment information
 A linear regression visualization, which creates predictive models for measure variables
 A logistic regression visualization, which creates predictive models for category variables
 A generalized linear model visualization, which creates predictive models for measure
variables
 A cluster visualization, which segments the input data into clusters
 Model comparison, which compares two or more predictive models
You can create interaction effects, which are used when the contribution of one variable to a
model changes, as another variable changes.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.1 Examining Visual Analytics Explorer 3-5

Accessing SAS Visual Analytics Explorer


To access SAS Visual Analytics Explorer, click Data
Explorer in the Action button area or select Data
Explorer from the side menu.

You can also follow a web link or enter the


URL to access the Explorer directly.

Clicking Data Explorer in the Action button area or selecting Data Explorer from the Side menu opens
a new window. In the new window, you can select a data source to explore, open a recent exploration by
double-clicking the name in the Recent explorations list, or open a recent exploration by clicking Browse.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-6 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

When you choose Select a Data Source, you are prompted to select a data source that is loaded in
memory or to import data.

Components of the Explorer


Here are the components of the Visual Analytics Explorer:
menu bar
toolbar
application bar

Data pane

workspace

data properties
table Right
pane

12
Dock panel

application bar Enables you to return to the Home Page and easily switch between open items.

menu bar Enables you to access common tasks and access online Help.

toolbar Contains icons for working with the exploration and visualizations.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.1 Examining Visual Analytics Explorer 3-7

Data pane Enables you to manage the data that is used in your visualizations.

data properties table Enables you to view and set data item properties.

workspace Displays one or more visualizations that can be arranged using a grid.

Dock panel Contains minimized visualizations.

Right pane Contains many tabs such as Filters, Roles, and Properties that enable you to
specify information about the visualization.

What Is an Exploration?
An exploration is a metadata object that accesses one or
more data sources and contains one or more visualizations
of the data. The visualizations, data sources, and property
settings are saved as part of an exploration.
data source visualizations properties

13

Visualizations and Explorations


A visualization displays data values using one of several
visualization types. Visualization types include tables,
charts, plots, geographic maps, and more. A visualization
can contain filters and other display properties.

14

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-8 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

3.01 Quiz
How many visualization types can be created
using SAS Visual Analytics Explorer?
Hint: Look at the toolbar at the top.

Sign in to Visual Analytics as Eric with the password


Student1. Select Data Explorer in the Action button
area.
Select Insight_Toy_Company_2012 as your data
source.

15

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-9

3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item


Properties

Objectives
 Open a data source in SAS Visual Analytics Explorer.
 Specify data item properties.
 Assign colors to category values.
 Describe the different tabs in the Right pane of the
Explorer.
 Use the automatic chart functionality to automatically
create a visualization based on selected data items.

19

Data Pane
After you select a data source, the
Data pane displays the available data
items grouped by classification role.
The category data items include
a frequency count of unique values.

Each data item has properties. The


data properties table at the bottom of
the Data pane can be used to change
the values for selected properties.

20

 Data item properties can also be changed in the Data Properties window. Select Data  Data
Properties to open this window.

 Right-clicking a data item name in the Data pane provides a pop-up menu of additional options.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-10 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Classification Properties
Each data item is categorized using a Classification property.
Category Used to group and aggregate
measures. Categories contain
alphanumeric or datetime
values. New category data
items can be calculated.
Geography Special role to identify types
of geographical information
for mapping.
Measure Numeric items whose values
are used in computations.
Measures can be calculated
or aggregated.
Hierarchy Used to navigate through the Additional data
data. Hierarchies are based on item types might
category or geography values. be available.
21

 References to datetime values in this course are generic references to any of the following types
of values:
 date
 time
 timestamp

3.02 Multiple Choice Poll


How many category data items are loaded
in the Data pane?
a. 37
b. 20
c. 57
d. 5

22

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-11

Data Options
Clicking (Options) in the Data pane enables you to
work with the data source as well as create, edit, and
delete data items.

The Options menu also


enables you to control
the appearance of the
Data pane.

24

 Many of the items in the Options menu are also available from the Data menu on the menu bar.

Data Properties Table


The Data Properties window displays properties for all the
data items in the data source. This window can also be
used to change the values for selected properties.

Access the Data Properties window


from the Data Options menu or by
selecting Data  Data Properties.
25

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-12 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Measure Details
The Measure Details window displays descriptive statistics
for all the measure data items in the data source.

Access the Measure Details


window from the Data
Options menu or by selecting
Data  Measure Details.

26

Data Source Details


The Data Source Details window displays information
about the number of rows and columns in the data source
and the number used for the exploration.

You can edit which columns are shown and add a data
source filter to control which rows are returned.

Access the Data Source Details


window from the Data Options
menu or by selecting Data 
27 Data Source Details.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-13

3.03 Multiple Choice Poll


What is the purpose of the (Options) icon
in the Data pane?
a. enables you to expand and collapse the Data pane
b. enables you to display the exploration options
c. enables you to display the data options

28

Creating Data Items


The following data items can be created in the Data pane:
 custom categories
 calculated items (unaggregated)
 aggregated measures
 derived items
 duplicate items
 geography data items
 document collection (text analytics)
 unique row identifier (text analytics)

30

Custom categories, calculated items, and aggregated measures can be created from the Data Options
menu.
Custom categories, derived items, duplicate items, geography data items, a document collection, and a
unique row identifier can be created from the pop-up menu.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-14 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

 For category data items, you can create the following types of derived items:
 distinct count
 count
 nmiss

 For measure data items, you can create the following types of derived items:
 difference from previous parallel period
 difference from previous period
 percent difference from previous parallel period
 percent difference from previous period
 percent of subtotals
 percent of total
 period to date
 year over year growth
 year to date
 year to date growth

For more information about creating data items in SAS Visual Analytics Explorer, see Chapter 24 in
SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

Assigning Colors to Category Values


You can associate colors with values of category data
items for visual consistency.

The colors are applied to


visualizations where the data
item is used in the Group role.

Right-click the data item in the


Data pane and select Colors.
31

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-15

Demonstration
Create a new exploration using the
CustomerOrders data source. Modify
data item properties and create new data
items.

32

Exercise
Create a new exploration using the
ProductAnalysis data source. Modify
data item properties and create new data
items.

33

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-16 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Accessing and Working with a Data Source

This demonstration illustrates how to open SAS Visual Analytics Explorer, select a data source, work
with data item properties, and create new data items.

1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or
from the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Click Data Explorer in the Action button area or select Data Explorer from the Side menu.
A window appears.

 The list of recent items on your classroom machine might be different from what is shown
above.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-17

6. Select a data source to explore.


a. Click Select a Data Source. The Open Data Source window appears.

 Role-based capabilities determine whether you can import data and the type of data that
you can import.
b. Select CustomerOrders.
c. Click Open.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-18 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The SAS Visual Analytics Explorer interface opens.

7. Modify data item properties.


a. Click the Customer Gender data item in the Category group of the Data pane to select it.
The data properties table is populated with values for the selected data item.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-19

1) Click in the Value cell for the Name property.


2) Enter Gender for the Name property.
3) Press Enter to lock in the value.

b. Click (Options) on the Data pane and select Data Properties.

The Data Properties window appears.

1) Change the names for the following data items by clicking in the Name field, typing in the
new name, and pressing Enter to lock in the value:

Data Item Name New Name


Customer Group Name Group Name
Customer Type Name Customer Type
Quantity Ordered Quantity

 The data items re-sort based on the new name, if needed.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-20 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

2) Click in the Format field for the Month Name data item. The Select a Format window
appears.
a) Select MMMYYYY as the Format.

b) Click OK to close the Select Format window.


3) Click in the Model Type field for the Quantity data item.
4) Select Discrete.
5) Click in the Model Type field for the Year data item.
6) Select Discrete.
7) Click OK to close the Data Properties window.
A warning appears, stating that the model type property has been changed.

8) Click Yes to apply the changes.


c. Create the percent of total for Profit.
1) Right-click Profit in the Data pane.
2) Select Create  Percent of Total.
The new measure is added to the Aggregated Measure grouping.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-21

d. Change the classification for State Name.


1) Right-click State Name in the Data pane.
2) Select Geography  US State Names.
The data item moves to the Geography grouping and has a new icon:

e. Change the classification for Postal code.


1) Right-click Postal code in the Data pane.
2) Select Geography  US ZIP Codes.
The data item moves to the Geography grouping and has a new icon:

f. Create a new calculated data item for Total Product Cost.

1) Click (Options) on the Data pane and select New Calculated Item.

2) Enter Total Product Cost in the Name field at the top of the window.
3) Expand Numeric (simple) in the Operators list.
4) Double-click x*y to add it to the expression.

 You can also drag items from the Operators list to the expression area.

5) Expand Numeric in the Data Items list.

6) Double-click Cost to add it to the first drop zone in the expression.


7) Double-click Quantity to add it to the second drop zone in the expression.
The expression should resemble the following:

8) Change the format.

a) Click Select next to the Format field at the bottom of the window.
b) Select Currency as the format.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-22 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

c) Change the value of the Decimals field to 0.

d) Click OK to close the Select a Format window.


9) Click Preview to preview the results.

10) Click Close to close the Preview Results window.


11) Click OK to close the New Calculated Item window.
g. Assign colors to a data item.
1) Right-click Gender in the Data pane and select Colors.
a) Select Female from the Choose drop-down list.
b) Select a red color.
c) Click Apply.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-23

d) Select Male from the Choose drop-down list.


e) Select a blue color.
f) Click Apply.

g) Click OK to apply the colors.


8. Hide data items.
a. Click (Options) in the Data pane.

b. Select Show or Hide Items.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-24 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

c. Clear the Select All check box.


d. Select the check boxes for the following data items:
 Country
 Customer Type
 Gender
 Group Name
 Month Name
 Order Type
 Postal code
 State Name
 Cost
 Profit
 Profit (Percent of Total)
 Quantity
 Retail Price
 Total Product Cost
 Year

e. Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-25

The Data pane should resemble the following:

9. Save the exploration.


a. Select File  Save As.

 Make sure that you do not select the File menu for the browser.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Enter Customer Exploration Setup in the Name field.
d. Click Save.
10. Select File  Close to close the exploration.
11. Click (Home Page) in the upper left corner to return to the Home Page.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-26 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

12. View the Recent tile on the Home Page.


Customer Exploration Setup is displayed in addition to the exploration and report that you opened
earlier.

 The items in the Recent section of the My Content window on your classroom machine might
be different from what is shown above.

13. Select Eric  Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-27

Exercises

1. Selecting a Data Source and Setting Data Item Properties

a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.


b. Explore the ProductAnalysis data source.
 Modify the data item properties of several data items.
– Set the classification for Year to Category.
– Set the classification for Supplier Country to Geography  Country or Region Names.
– Rename Quantity Ordered to Quantity.
– Change the model type for Quantity to Discrete.
– Create a Distinct Count for Product Name.
 Show only the following data items in the Data pane:
Product Category Year
Product Group Cost
Product Line Product Name (Distinct Count)
Product Name Profit
Supplier Continent Quantity
Supplier Country Retail Price
c. Save the exploration as Product Exploration Setup in the Shared Data folder.

d. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-28 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Right Pane
The Right pane contains a
number of tabs that can be
used to modify the
visualizations.

Use the
(List of tabs)
button to select
the tabs to be
displayed.

36

Roles Tab
The Roles tab enables you to
view the roles and data item
assignments for the selected
visualization.

You can assign data items by


dragging them from the Data
pane or selecting them using
the (Edit selection) button.
The visualization type is displayed
at the top of the tab. Selecting the
link for the other visualization type
can display additional roles.

37

For additional information about the roles available for each visualization type, see Chapter 25 in the
SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-29

Filtering Data
A filter is the specification of one or
more conditions to subset the data
source.

The types of filters in the Explorer


include the following:
 Filters associated with the data
source (global filters) apply to all
of the visualizations using that
data source in the exploration.
 Visualization filters (local filters)
apply only to the current
visualization.

38

Clicking (Options) in any section of the Filters tab provides access to various actions, including the
following:
 creating an advanced filter
 managing the filters in the selected section
 converting to data source filters
 copying visualization filters to another visualization

 Basic filters use one data item to subset the data. Advanced filters enable you to subset the data
based on more than one data item.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-30 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Data Source Filters


Data source filters subset the data at the data source level
and apply to all visualizations using that data source.

Data source filters can be created, edited, and deleted


from the Data Source Details window. They can be
accessed from the Options menu on the Data pane or
by selecting Data  Data Source Details.

Data source filters are created


in the Data pane and do not
appear on the Filters tab.

39

A data source filter enables you to subset the data in an exploration. A data source filter is set in the Data
pane. It differs from a filter associated with the data source, which is set on the Filters tab in the Right
pane, in the following ways:
 A data source filter updates the cardinality values that appear in the Data pane.
 A data source filter updates the total number of rows that is used in the filtered row percentage
displayed at the bottom of the Right pane.
 A data source filter is not displayed on the Filters tab.
 An exploration can contain only one data source filter.

Ranks Tab
The Ranks tab enables you
to view, create, and edit ranks
to subset the data in the
visualization. A rank selects
either the top (greatest) or
the bottom (least) aggregated
value for a category.

You can right-click a data item


in the Data pane and select
Add as Rank, or you can drag
a data item onto the Ranks tab
in the Right pane.

40

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-31

Properties Tab
The Properties tab lists the
properties for the currently
selected visualization.

All visualizations have a Name


property. Most visualizations
have other properties that enable
you to control the appearance
of the visualization and how
the results are displayed.

41

For additional information about the properties available for each visualization type, see Chapter 25 in the
SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

Comments Tab
The Comments tab enables you
to view and reply to existing
visualization comments, as well
as add new comments.

The (Comments) icon appears


on the title bar for visualizations
with comments.

Exploration comments are displayed by


selecting File  Exploration Comments.

42

The ability to view and add comments are controlled by role-based capabilities.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-32 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

3.04 Multiple Choice Poll


Which tab in the Right pane enables you to change the
name of the visualization?
a. Roles tab
b. Filters tab
c. Properties tab
d. none of the above

43

3.05 Poll
All visualizations have the exact same properties.
 True
 False

45

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-33

Visualization: Automatic Chart


An automatic chart visualization selects the chart type
according to the data that is assigned to it. Automatic
charts provide a quick view of the data.

Automatic chart is the default visualization type.


47

Data Items Chart Type


One measure Histogram

One category Bar chart

One datetime category and any number Line chart


of other categories or measures
 Scatter plot or heat map
Two measures
 Scatter plot matrix or correlation matrix
Three or more measures

Multiple categories and measures Bar chart

Geography and zero to two measures Geo map

Geography and three or more measures Bar chart

One or more categories and any number Bar chart


of measures or geographies

* The actual chart type depends on the cardinality of the data.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-34 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Demonstration
Create an automatic chart visualization, add filters, and set
visualization properties.

48

Exercise
Create an automatic chart visualization, add filters, and set
visualization properties.

You show the data that


was used to create the
visualization.

49

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-35

Creating an Automatic Chart Visualization

This demonstration illustrates how to add an automatic chart visualization and filters to an existing
exploration and modify visualization properties.

1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Open an existing exploration.
a. Click Browse in the Action button area.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Select Customer Exploration Setup.
d. Click Open.
6. Save a copy of the existing exploration.
a. Select File  Save As.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.

c. Enter US Customer Exploration in the Name field.


d. Click Save.
7. Create a new automatic chart visualization.
a. Hold down the Ctrl key and select the following data items in this order:
 Customer Type
 Gender
 Profit (Percent of Total)

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-36 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

b. Drag the selected data items to the empty visualization in the workspace.

The automatic chart functionality determines the best way to display the selected data.

A bar is displayed for each value of Customer Type. The height of the bars is based on the
percent of total profit. A lattice is used to display two columns of charts, one for each value of
Gender.
 The size and shape of the image above might not match what you see on the classroom
machine. The resolution of the computer, the size of the browser window, and the status
of the panes (expanded or collapsed) can affect the size of visualizations.
 Role assignment is determined by the order in which data items are selected.
c. Move the pointer to the upper right corner of the visualization to see the action buttons.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-37

d. Click (Hide lattice navigator) to hide the navigation tool that is displayed automatically
when the visualization contains a lattice.
e. Move the pointer to the upper right corner of the visualization again.
f. Click (Show details) to display a table of the data that is used to create the graph.

 The details are displayed at the bottom of the window. You can use the handle icon
( ) to resize the portions of the visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-38 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

14. Modify roles for the automatic chart visualization.


a. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.

 The automatic chart visualization has only two roles, Categories and Measures. Changing
the type of visualization can enable you to use other roles that are valid for that
visualization type.
b. Click Use Bar Chart at the top of the Roles tab.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-39

c. Click Gender in the Lattice columns role and drag it to the Group role.

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

 The bars for females are red and the bars for males are blue because we assigned those
colors to the values for the Gender data item.
15. Modify properties for the bar chart visualization.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Profit by Type and Gender in the Name field.
c. Clear the Generate graph title check box.
d. Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.
e. Change the Bar direction property to Horizontal.
f. Change the Grouping style property to Stack.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-40 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The Properties tab should resemble the following:

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-41

16. Add a filter on the CustomerOrders table.


a. In the Data pane, right-click Country and select Add as Filter on CustomerOrders.

The Filters tab in the Right pane becomes active.


b. On the Filters tab in the Right pane, clear the All check box.
c. Scroll down and select the United States check box.

The indicator at the bottom of the Right pane displays the percentage of the data that is available
after the filter is applied.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-42 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

 Move your pointer over a filter value to display the number of rows that contain that
value.

17. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration.


18. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.2 Selecting Data and Defining Data Item Properties 3-43

Exercises

2. Creating an Automatic Chart Visualization

a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.


b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
 Open Product Exploration Setup from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Europe Product Exploration.

c. Add a data source filter to the ProductAnalysis table to filter for Supplier Continent equal to
Europe.

d. Select the following data items to use with the automatic chart visualization:
 Cost
 Profit
 Quantity
 Retail Price

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-44 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

 To match the visualization created in this exercise, select the data items in sequence and
drag them to the visualization as a group.
 Show the details view in the visualization.

e. Modify the properties for the automatic chart visualization.

Property Value

Name Correlation of Product Measures

Generate graph title <clear>

Title <clear text>

Color gradient Magenta-Taupe-Lime

f. Save the updated exploration with the same name.


g. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-45

3.3 Creating Visualizations

Objectives
 List the types of available visualizations.
 Create new visualizations.
 Set visualization roles and properties.

53

Types of Visualizations

In addition to the automatic chart, there


are many different types of visualizations.

You select the visualization type from


the toolbar, the Visualization menu,
or by clicking the icon on the left side
of the visualization title bar.
If SAS Visual Statistics is licensed, the
following visualizations are available:
 Linear Regression

 Logistic Regression
 Generalized Linear Model

 Cluster
54

SAS Visual Statistics also includes an enhanced decision tree visualization (which includes interactive
training and model assessment information), model comparison (which compares two or more predictive
models), and interaction effects (which are used when the contribution of one variable to a model changes
as another variable changes). For more information, see Part 5: Building Models in SAS® Visual Analytics
7.3: User’s Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-46 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

3.06 Quiz
Question: Which of the visualization types will you use
in an exploration?
Use the visualizations listed on the toolbar, or select
Visualization on the menu to see the complete list
of visualizations.

55

Creating a New Visualization


Use one of these methods to create a new visualization.
 Click (New visualization) on the toolbar.

 Select Visualization  New from the menu bar.


 Right-click the background of the visualization and
select Duplicate to copy an existing visualization
to use as a starting point for a new visualization.
 Drag data items to an empty workspace.

Clicking the New visualization tool creates an


automatic chart by default. Clicking the down
arrow enables you to select the visualization type.
56

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-47

Assigning Data Items


You must assign data items to the required roles to create
the visualization.

Use the Data pane

Drag and drop


57
Use the Roles tab

Visualization: Table
The table visualization enables you to examine the
detailed data for each row of the data source.

Clicking a column heading


enables you to sort by one
or more columns.

The table visualization displays


up to the first two billion rows.

58

To change the sorting, click the heading for the column on which you want to sort. An arrow appears in
the column heading to indicate the sorting. If the arrow points up, then the sort is ascending. If the arrow
points down, then the sort is descending.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-48 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Visualization: Crosstab
The crosstab visualization enables you to examine your
data using intersections of category values.

Column and row totals and


subtotals can be added.
59

3.07 Multiple Answer Poll


Which visualization enables you to sort the data
in columns?
a. crosstab
b. table
c. none

60

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-49

Visualization: Bar Chart


The bar chart visualization enables you to compare data
that is aggregated by the distinct values of a category.

A bar chart can also


use category data items
to group the bars,
create lattice rows or
lattice columns.

62

Visualization: Line Chart


The line chart visualization enables you to view data
trends over time.

A forecast can be added


to predict future values.
63

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-50 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Demonstration
Add a table and a crosstab visualization to an existing
exploration, add filters, and set visualization properties.

64

Exercise
Create a line chart and a bar chart visualization, add a rank
to the bar chart and set visualization properties.

65

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-51

Creating Basic Visualizations: Part 1

This demonstration illustrates how to add basic visualizations and filters to an existing exploration and
modify visualization properties.

1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Open an existing exploration.
a. Click Browse in the Action button area.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Select US Customer Exploration.
d. Click Open.
6. Save a copy of the existing exploration.
a. Select File  Save As.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.

c. Enter US Customer Exploration: Customer Analysis in the Name field.


d. Click Save.
7. Add a reference line to the bar chart visualization.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.

b. Click (Create new reference line) next to the Reference Lines property.

c. Enter 20 percent in the Label field.


d. Verify that X Axis is selected for the Axis field.
e. Enter .20 in the Value field.
f. Click (Select a color) next to the Style field.

g. Choose a green color.


h. Choose a dashed line.
i. Change the thickness value to 2.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-52 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The New Reference Line window should resemble the following:

j. Click OK to create the new reference line.


The updated visualization should resemble the following:

8. Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Profit by Type and Gender
visualization.

 Minimized visualizations are displayed in the Dock panel at the bottom of the workspace.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-53

The Manage visualizations button ( ) in the Dock panel provides options for working with
visualizations.

9. Create a new table visualization.


a. Click (Table) on the toolbar to create a new table visualization.

 You can also select Visualization  Table from the menu bar.

b. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.

c. Hold down the Ctrl key and select the following data items from the Data pane, in order:
 Group Name
 Customer Type
 Order Type
 Profit

d. Drag the selected data items to the Columns role.


e. Drag the line between the fields on the column headings in the table to change the column widths
so that all of the data values in each column are displayed.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-54 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The visualization should resemble the following:

10. Add a filter on the visualization.


a. In the Data pane, right-click Year and select Add as Filter on Visualization.

The Filters tab in the Right pane becomes active.


b. On the Filters tab in the Right pane, clear the All check box for the Year filter.
c. Select the 2011 check box.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-55

The Filters tab should resemble the following:

11. Modify properties for the table visualization.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter 2011 Profit by Customer Group and Order Type in the Name field.
c. Press Enter to lock in the value and update the name of the visualization.

12. Copy the filter to a new visualization.


a. Select the 2011 Profit by Customer Group and Order Type visualization to make it active.
b. Click the Filters tab in the Right pane to make it active.
c. Click (Options) next to the Year filter.

d. Select Copy Filter to  New Visualization.


13. Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the 2011 Profit by Customer Group
and Order Type visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-56 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

14. Create a new crosstab visualization.


a. Click (Crosstab) on the toolbar to set the visualization type.

b. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


c. Select Group Name for the Columns role.
d. Select State Name for the Rows role.
e. Select Profit for the Measures role.
The visualization should resemble the following:

15. Modify properties for the crosstab visualization.

a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.


b. Enter 2011 Profit by State and Customer Group in the Name field.
c. Select Show column totals.
d. Select Show row totals.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-57

The Properties tab should resemble the following:

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

16. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration.


17. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-58 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Exercises

3. Creating Basic Visualizations, Part 1


a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
 Open Europe Product Exploration from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Europe Product Exploration: Product Analysis.
c. Create a line chart visualization.

 Minimize the Correlation of Product Measures visualization.


 Create a new Line chart visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-59

 Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the line chart visualization:

Visualization Role Data Item

Category Year

Measures Quantity

Group Product Line

d. Modify the properties for the line chart visualization.

Property Value

Name Quantity by Year


and Product Line

Generate graph title <clear>

Title <clear text>

Show markers <select>

e. Create a bar chart visualization.

 Minimize the Quantity by Year and Product Line visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-60 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

 Create a new Bar chart visualization.


 Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the bar chart visualization:

Visualization Role Data Item

Category Supplier Country

Measures Product Name


(Distinct Count)

Group Product Line

f. Add a rank to the bar chart visualization to show the top five supplier countries by profit.
Hint: Right-click Supplier Country in the Data pane and select Add as Rank on Visualization.

g. Modify the properties for the bar chart visualization.

Property Value

Name Products Supplied by


Country: Top 5 by Profit

Generate graph <clear>


title
Title <clear text>

Grouping style Stack

Show data labels <select>

h. Save the updated exploration with the same name.


i. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-61

Visualization: Scatter Plot


A scatter plot visualization enables you to examine the
relationship between numeric data items.

If there are too many data points


to plot, you are prompted to
reduce the number of values or
change the visualization type.

68

 For a scatter plot visualization, the number of selected measures and the cardinality of the data
determine the type of visualization that will be displayed.

scatter plot Two measures with low cardinality

scatter plot matrix Three or more measures with low cardinality

heat map Two measures with high cardinality

correlation matrix Three or more measures with high cardinality

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-62 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Cardinality and Visualizations


High cardinality refers to columns with a large number of
values that are unique.
Consider the following when you use high-cardinality data
in SAS Visual Analytics:
 Each visualization has a visualization data threshold
that controls the amount of high-cardinality data that
can be used.
 Filtering and grouping can be used to limit high-
cardinality data.
 An error message might be displayed and the
visualization not produced when the visualization data
threshold is exceeded.
 Visualization data thresholds can be specified in the
Preferences window and by an administrator.
69

 When the cardinality is higher, more unique values exist for the data item.

Examples of high-cardinality data items: Employee ID, Street Address, Birth Date
Examples of low-cardinality data items: Country Name, Facility Continent, Age Group

See Appendix 7 of SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide for a list of data limits for each type of
visualization.

Visualization: Bubble Plot


The bubble plot visualization enables you to explore the
relationship between three measures. Two measures
determine the bubble
placement and the third
measure determines
the bubble size.

A category data item can be


used to group the values.
A datetime value can be used
to animate the bubble plot.

70

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-63

Demonstration
Add a bubble plot visualization to an existing exploration
and set visualization properties.

71

Exercise
Add a scatter plot visualization to an existing exploration
and set visualization properties.

The scatter plot visualization


is turned into a heat map due
to high cardinality data items.

72

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-64 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Creating Basic Visualizations: Part 2

This demonstration illustrates how to add a bubble plot visualization to an existing exploration and
modify visualization properties.

1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Open an existing exploration.
a. Click Browse in the Action button area.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Select US Customer Exploration: Customer Analysis.
d. Click Open.
6. Save a copy of the existing exploration.
a. Select File  Save As.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.

c. Enter US Customer Exploration: Monthly Analysis in the Name field.


d. Click Save.
7. Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the 2011 Profit by State and
Customer Group visualization.

8. Create a new bubble plot visualization.


a. Click (Bubble plot) on the toolbar to set the visualization type.

b. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


c. Select Customer Type for the Group role.

 Specifying a data item for the Group role first ensures that the visualization is not
changed to another type because there are too many data points to plot.
d. Select Cost for the X axis role.
e. Select Profit for the Y axis role.
f. Select Quantity for the Bubble size role.

g. Select Month Name for the Animation role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-65

The Roles tab should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-66 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The visualization should resemble the following:

 Click to play the animation.

9. Modify properties for the bubble plot visualization.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Monthly Profit and Cost by Quantity in the Name field.
c. Clear the Generate graph title check box.
d. Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-67

The Properties tab should resemble the following:

10. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration.

11. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-68 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Exercises

4. Creating Basic Visualizations, Part 2


a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
 Open Europe Product Exploration: Product Analysis from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Europe Product Exploration: Price Analysis.
c. Create a scatter plot visualization.

 Minimize the Products Supplied by Country: Top 5 by Profit visualization.


 Create a new Scatter plot visualization.
 Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the scatter plot visualization:

Visualization Role Data Item

Measure (X Axis) Quantity

Y Axis Retail Price

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-69

d. Modify the properties for the scatter plot visualization.

Property Value

Name Quantity and Product


Price Analysis

Generate graph title <clear>

Title <clear text>

Color gradient Red-Yellow-Green

e. Save the updated exploration with the same name.


f. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-70 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Visualizations for Many Types of Analyses


Many visualization types provide functionality that is
useful for exploring all types of data sources.

Other visualization types can be optimized when data


preparation techniques are used to structure the data
source in a specific way.

The remaining visualization types provide functionality


useful for building more complex models.
These visualization
types require an
additional license.
75

Visualization: Network Diagram


The network diagram visualization enables you to view
the relationships between category values as a series of
linked nodes.
Two network diagram types
can be displayed:
Hierarchical The network
structure is defined
by a hierarchy or
set of categories.
Ungrouped Source and target
values in the data
are used to create
the network
structure.

76

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-71

Visualization: Sankey Diagram


The Sankey diagram visualization enables you to perform
path analytics to display flows of data from one event
(value) to another as a
series of paths.

A path in a Sankey diagram


represents a distinct
sequence of events. Each
path in the diagram consists
of one or more transactions.

A transaction is a sequence
of events that are
associated with a specific
transaction identifier value.
77

Visualization: Histogram
The histogram visualization enables you to view the
distribution of values for a single measure.

78

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-72 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Visualization: Box Plot


The box plot visualization enables you to view information
about the variability of data and the extreme data values.
The size and location of the box indicate the range of
values that are between the 25th and 75th percentile.

Placing the mouse


pointer on a box
displays descriptive
statistics.

79

Visualization: Heat Map


The heat map visualization enables you to display the
distribution of values for two data items using colored cells.

A fit line can be added if


measures are used for the
X axis and Y axis roles.

80

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-73

Importing Local Data Files


You can import data from a number of sources. For local
files, you can specify additional options and preview the
data.
Text
Microsoft Excel SAS Data Sets

81

When importing files from your local machine, you are limited to a file size of 4 GB or less. This
limitation is introduced by web browsers.

As an alternative to importing data files through your web browser, you can transfer files to the machine
for the SAS server and use autoload. Autoload requires some setup, so contact your administrator for
additional information.

Demonstration
Create a new exploration using an imported text file and
modify data properties. Add a Sankey diagram and set
visualization properties.

You also create a visualization from


the Sankey diagram and a histogram.

82

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-74 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Exercise
Add a network diagram and a box plot to an existing
exploration and set visualization properties.

83

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-75

Creating Advanced Visualizations: Part 1

This demonstration illustrates how to create a new exploration, import a text file, and create a Sankey
diagram visualization.

1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Click Data Explorer in the Action button area or select Data Explorer from the Side menu.
6. Select a data source to explore.
a. Click Select a Data Source.
The Open Data Source window appears.
b. In the Import section, select Text Files (*.csv, *.txt, *.zip).
c. Navigate to D:\CourseData.
d. Select simple_path.csv and click Open.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-76 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The Import Text File window appears.

e. Verify that Comma is specified as the Delimiter.


f. Verify that First row contains column names is selected.
g. Click Preview.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-77

A preview of the table appears.

 This table contains visits to a website. The ID field represents the unique visitors, the
page field represents the pages visited, and the time filed represents the time at which
each unique visitor visited each of the pages.

h. Click Close to close the Preview window.


i. Click OK to import the text file.
The file is loaded to the Public LASR Analytic Server and the data items are loaded to the Data
pane.

7. Right-click id in the Data pane and select Category.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-78 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

8. Create a new Sankey diagram visualization.


a. Click (Sankey diagram) on the toolbar to set the visualization type.
b. If necessary, click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
c. Select page for the Event role.
d. Select time for the Sequence Order role.
e. Select id for the Transaction Identifier role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-79

The visualization should resemble the following:

9. Modify properties for the Sankey diagram visualization.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Web Site Path Analysis in the Name field.
c. Clear the Generate graph title check box.
d. Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.
e. In the Path Analytics section, select Path as the Link color.
f. Click (Apply changes).

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-80 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The Properties tab should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-81

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

10. View paths of customers that made a purchase.


a. Scroll to the right in the Sankey diagram visualization.
b. Right-click an Order Receipt event.
c. Select Include Only  Paths Containing the Selected Events on Any Node .
11. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
12. Select purchase for the Weight role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-82 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

13. Move the pointer to the upper right corner of the visualization.
14. Click (Show details) to display a table of the data that is used to create the graph.
15. Click the Path Selection tab in the Details view.
16. Right-click in the condition area and select Create Visualization from All Conditions.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-83

A new bar chart is created that shows the total purchase for each customer that placed an order.

17. Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Web Site Path Analysis
visualization.
18. Modify properties for the bar chart visualization.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Total Purchased by Customer in the Name field.
c. Press Enter to lock in the value and update the name of the visualization.
19. Copy the filter to a new visualization.
a. Click the Filters tab in the Right pane.
b. Click (Options) next to the Selection filter.
c. Select Copy Filter to  New Visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-84 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

20. Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Total Purchased by Customer
visualization.
21. Create a histogram visualization.
a. Click (Histogram) on the toolbar to set the visualization type.
b. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
c. Select purchase for the Measure role.

The visualization should resemble the following:

22. Modify properties for the histogram visualization.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Distribution of Purchases in the Name field.
c. Clear the Generate graph title check box.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-85

d. Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.

23. Save the exploration.


a. Select File  Save As.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Enter Web Site Orders Exploration in the Name field.
d. Click Save.
24. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-86 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Exercises

5. Creating Advanced Visualizations, Part 1


a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
 Open Europe Product Exploration: Price Analysis from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Europe Product Exploration: Cost Analysis.
c. Create a network diagram visualization.

 Minimize the Quantity and Product Price Analysis visualization.


 Create a new Network diagram visualization.
 Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the network diagram visualization:

Visualization Role Data Item

Levels Product Line


Product Category
Product Group

Node size Cost

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-87

Visualization Role Data Item

Node color Profit

Data tips Quantity

d. Modify the properties for the network diagram visualization.

Property Value

Name Profit and Cost by Product

Generate graph title <clear>

Title <clear text>

Show labels <select>

Node color Red-Yellow-Green

 Double-click the bubble for Clothes & Shoes.

e. Create a box plot visualization.

 Minimize the Profit and Cost by Product visualization.


 Create a new Box plot visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-88 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

 Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the box plot visualization:

Visualization Role Data Item

Category Product Line

Measures Cost

f. Modify the properties for the box plot visualization.

Property Value

Name Cost by Product Line

Generate graph title <clear>

Title <clear text>

Outliers Show Outliers

Show averages <select>

g. Save the updated exploration with the same name.


h. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-89

Visualization: Geo Map


The geo map visualization enables you to view your data
as an overlay on a geographic map.

Data can be displayed


 using bubbles
 using colored regions
 using a scatter plot.

86

 The ability to create geo map visualizations requires that an additional step be performed during
installation and configuration.

Geo Map: Geography Data Item


A geography data item is a category whose values are
mapped to geographical locations or regions.

87

 Geography roles have a secondary value selection:


 Country or Region Names
 Country or Region ISO 2-Letter Codes
 Country or Region ISO Numeric Codes
 Country or Region SAS Map ID Values

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-90 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

 Subdivision (State, Province) Names


 Subdivision (State, Province) SAS Map ID Values
 Custom
 US State Name
 US State Abbreviations
 US ZIP Codes
SAS Visual Analytics uses lookup values to match category values to geographical features. More
information is available using this URL: http://support.sas.com/va73geo.

Geo Map: Custom Geography


You can define a custom
geography data item by
providing the following
information:

Latitude A measure from your current data source that


contains the latitude (Y) coordinate values for
the geographic role that you want to define
Longitude A measure from your current data source that
contains the longitude (X) coordinate values
for the geographic role that you want to
define
Coordinate The coordinate system that is used to project
Space the longitude and latitude coordinates
88

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-91

3.08 Multiple Answer Poll


Which visualization can use a data item that has a
classification type of geography?
a. crosstab
b. geo map
c. table
d. bar chart

89

Visualization: Treemap
A treemap visualization enables you to display a category
or hierarchy as a set of rectangular tiles.

The size of each tile


represents either the
summarization of a
measure or the frequency
that is displayed as
a count or percent.
An additional measure
can be added to control
the color of each tile.

91

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-92 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Visualization: Correlation Matrix


The correlation matrix visualization enables you to use a
matrix of rectangular cells to view the degree of statistical
correlation between
multiple measures.

The maximum number


of measures that can
be displayed is 60.

92

 Correlations can be displayed within one set of measures or between two sets of measures.

Visualization: Word Cloud


The word cloud visualization displays a set of words from
a character data item.

You can create two types of


word clouds:
 using text analytics
 using category values

93

Word Clouds That Use Category Values


Word clouds that use category values analyze each value in a category data item as a single text string.
The word cloud can display either the string values that have the highest frequency or the string values
that have the greatest value for a measure. The color of each word can indicate the value of a measure.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-93

Word Clouds That Use Text Analytics


Word clouds that use text analytics analyze each value in a document collection data item as a text
document that can contain multiple words. Words that often appear together in the document collection
are identified as topics. The word cloud displays the most relevant terms for each topic. The size of each
term indicates the relevance.

To enable text analytics, you must set a unique row identifier and define one or more categories as
document collections.

Depending on the number of rows in your data source and the length of the values in your
document collection, a word cloud with text analytics might take a significant amount of time.

 Text analytics in SAS Visual Analytics uses a different algorithm than the one used in SAS Text
Miner. Your results might be different from the results that SAS Text Miner produces.

Visualization: Decision Tree


A decision tree visualization uses the values of one or
more predictor data items to predict the values of a target
data item.

A decision tree displays a


series of nodes as a tree. The
top node is the target data
item, and each branch of the
tree represents a split in the
values of a predictor data item.

94

 If SAS Visual Statistics is licensed, the decision tree contains advanced features. See Chapter 37
in SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide for more information.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-94 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

What Is a Hierarchy?
A hierarchy is a defined Year
arrangement of categorical
2012 2013
data items based on
parent-child relationships.

In many cases, the levels


of a hierarchy are arranged Quarter 1 2 1 2
with more general
information at the top and 3 4 3 4
more specific information
at the bottom.
Month JAN APR JAN APR
FEB MAY FEB MAY
MAR JUN MAR JUN
JUL OCT JUL OCT
AUG NOV AUG NOV
SEP DEC SEP DEC

95

For more information about creating hierarchies in SAS Visual Analytics Explorer, see Chapter 28 in
SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

Using Hierarchies in Visualizations


Hierarchies can be used to navigate through the data in
different types of visualizations.

Double-clicking an
item or selecting the
axis label drills to
the next level in the
hierarchy.

When all of the members


of a hierarchy are defined
with geographic roles, the
hierarchy becomes a
geography hierarchy.
96

You can navigate through a hierarchy by clicking the label value on the axis or by double-clicking the
visualization item, such as a specific bar.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-95

A navigation bar above the visualization enables you to navigate through the levels of the hierarchy.

Creating a Hierarchy from a Crosstab


You can create a hierarchy “on the fly” when you have
multiple category items in the same dimension
of a crosstab.

The hierarchy is named after


the first data item and
appears in the Data pane.

97

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-96 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Demonstration
Add a geo map and a word cloud to an existing exploration
and set visualization properties.

Geographic data items and


hierarchies are created.
98

Exercise
Create a treemap and a geo map visualization and set
visualization properties.

99
A new hierarchy is created.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-97

Creating Advanced Visualizations: Part 2

This demonstration illustrates how to add a geo map and a word cloud visualization to an existing
exploration and modify visualization properties.

1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Open an existing exploration.
a. Click Browse in the Action button area.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Select US Customer Exploration: Monthly Analysis.
d. Click Open.
6. Save a copy of the existing exploration.
a. Select File  Save As.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.

c. Enter US Customer Exploration: Location Analysis in the Name field.


d. Click Save.
7. Create a new hierarchy to navigate through the data.
a. Click (Options) at the top of the Data pane.

b. Select New Hierarchy.


c. Enter US Hierarchy in the Name field.
d. Double-click the following categories to add them to the hierarchy:
 State Name
 Postal code

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-98 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The New Hierarchy window should resemble the following:

e. Click OK.

A new hierarchy is created and added to the Data pane.

8. Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Monthly Profit and Cost by
Quantity visualization.
9. Create a new geo map visualization.

a. Click (Geo map) on the toolbar to set the visualization type.

b. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


c. Select US Hierarchy for the Geography role.
d. Select Retail Price for the Bubble size role.
e. Select Total Product Cost for the Color role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-99

The Roles tab should resemble the following:

The visualization should resemble the following:

 A warning message is displayed under the map.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-100 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

f. Click at the end of the warning message and select Show details.

 These two values do not match the US State Names geography classification.
g. Click OK to close the Details window.
10. Modify properties for the geo map visualization.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Revenue and Cost by Location in the Name field.
c. Clear the Generate graph title check box.
d. Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.
e. Clear the Show map navigation control check box.
f. Select Green-Yellow-Red for the Color gradient field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-101

11. Double-click the bubble for Hawaii to navigate to the next level of the hierarchy, Postal code.

12. Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Revenue and Cost by Location
visualization.
13. Create a new word cloud visualization.
a. Click (Word cloud) on the toolbar to set the visualization type.
b. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
c. Select Using category values for the Show word cloud property.
d. Select State Name for the Words role.
e. Select Profit for the Size role.
f. Select Quantity for the Color role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-102 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The Roles tab should resemble the following:

The visualization resembles the following:

14. Modify properties for the word cloud visualization.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Profit and Quantity by State in the Name field.
c. Clear the Generate graph title check box.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-103

d. Clear the Title field and press Enter.


e. Select Red-Yellow-Green for the Color gradient field.

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

15. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration.

16. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-104 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Exercises

6. Creating Advanced Visualizations, Part 2


a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
 Open Europe Product Exploration: Cost Analysis from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Europe Product Exploration: Location Analysis.
c. Create a new hierarchy.
1) Name the new hierarchy Product Hierarchy.

2) Add the following categories (in this order):


 Product Line
 Product Category
 Product Group
 Product Name

d. Create a treemap visualization.

 Minimize the Cost by Product Line visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.3 Creating Visualizations 3-105

 Create a new Treemap visualization.


 Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the treemap visualization:

Visualization Role Data Item

Tile Product Hierarchy

Size Profit

Color Quantity

e. Modify the properties for the treemap visualization.


Property Value

Name Profit and Quantity by Product

Generate graph title <clear>

Title <clear text>

Additional levels 3

Color gradient Red-Yellow-Green

f. Create a geo map visualization.

 Minimize the Profit and Quantity by Product visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-106 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

 Create a new Geo map visualization.


 Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the geo map visualization:

Visualization Role Data Item

Map style Regions

Geography Supplier Country

Color Product Name (Distinct Count)

g. Modify the properties for the geo map visualization.


Property Value

Name Products Supplied by Country

Generate graph title <clear>

Title <clear text>

Show map navigation control <clear>

Color gradient Red-White-Blue

h. Save the updated exploration with the same name.


i. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.4 Enhancing Visualizations w ith Analytics 3-107

3.4 Enhancing Visualizations with


Analytics

Objectives
 Describe the types of data analyses that are available
in SAS Visual Analytics Explorer.
 Explore the correlation capabilities in the Explorer.
 Explore the types of fit lines that can be applied to
visualizations.
 Explore the forecasting capabilities in the Explorer.
 Describe how text analytics can enhance word cloud
visualizations.

103

Data Analytics
SAS Visual Analytics enables you to perform four types
of data analyses in the Explorer.
Correlation Identifies the degree of statistical
relationship between measures.
Fit Line Plots a model of the relationship
between measures.
Forecasting Predicts future values based on
the statistical trends in your data.
Text Analyzes each value in a document
Analytics collection as a text document that can
contain multiple words. Words that often
appear together in the document
collection are identified as topics.
104

SAS Visual Statistics provides some advanced data analyses (enhanced decision tree, linear regression,
logistic regression, generalized linear models, clustering, model comparison, and interaction effects). See
Part 5: Building Models in the SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-108 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Correlations
A correlation identifies
the degree of statistical
relationship between
measures. The strength
of a correlation is
described as a number
between 1 and 1.

Double-clicking a cell displays


a heat map or scatter plot that
shows the
relationship
between
the two
measures.

105

 In addition to the Results tab, the Details view of some visualizations contains an Analysis tab,
which explains what the analysis means. Clicking the icon displays the Details view with the
Analysis tab active.

Fit Lines
A fit line plots a model of the relationship
between measures. You can add a fit
line to a scatter plot or heat map by
using the pop-up menu or the Fit Line
option on the Properties tab in the Right
pane.

The Analysis
tab provides
additional
information
about the
analysis.

106

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.4 Enhancing Visualizations w ith Analytics 3-109

Type Description

Best Fit Tests the cubic, quadratic, and linear fit methods against your data and selects the fit method
that produces the best result. The Best Fit method uses backward selection to select the
highest-order model that is significant. To see which fit method was used, select the
information icon from the visualization legend.

Linear Creates a linear fit line from a linear regression algorithm. A linear fit line produces the
straight line that best represents the relationship between two measures. For a linear fit,
correlation information is automatically added to the visualization.

Quadratic Produces a line with a single curve. A quadratic fit line often produces a line with the shape
of a parabola.

Cubic Produces a line with two curves. A cubic fit line often produces a line with an “S” shape.

PSpline Creates a penalized B-spline fit. A penalized B-spline is a smoothing spline that fits the data
closely. A penalized B-spline can display a complex line with many changes in its curvature.

Adding a Correlation Using a Linear Fit Line


Adding a linear fit line to a scatter plot or heat map
automatically displays the correlation information.

107

The correlation in heat maps and scatter plots is identified by a text label in the visualization legend.

A scatter plot matrix displays the correlation using a colored border around the plot. The visualization
legend displays a key for the color values.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-110 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Forecasting
Forecasting predicts future values based on the statistical
trends in your data.

A forecast adds a line


with a predicted value
and a colored band
that represents the
confidence interval.

SAS Visual Analytics


automatically selects the
best forecasting model
based on your data.

108

 Forecasting is available only for line charts that include a datetime data item.

 No forecasting is available if data items are assigned to the Group, Lattice columns, or Lattice
rows roles.

 The forecasting duration (in intervals) can be selected on the Properties tab in the Right pane. The
default duration is six intervals.
Your data is tested against the following forecasting methods and the best one is automatically applied:
 damped-trend exponential smoothing
 linear exponential smoothing
 seasonal exponential smoothing
 simple exponential smoothing
 Winters method (additive)
 Winters method (multiplicative)

The RMSE (Root Mean Square Error) test is used to determine the best method.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.4 Enhancing Visualizations w ith Analytics 3-111

Creating Forecasts
On the Roles tab in the Right pane,
select Forecasting to create a
forecast of the measure. If a single
measure is specified, you can also
add underlying factors.

You can add a forecast to an existing


line chart by selecting Show Forecast
on the pop-up menu or by clicking
(Options) on the visualization title bar.
109

Scenario Analysis and Goal Seeking


Scenario analysis enables you to forecast hypothetical
scenarios by specifying the future values for one or more
underlying factors that contribute to the forecast.
Goal seeking enables you to specify a target value for
your forecast measure to determine the values of the
underlying factors that are required to achieve that value.

110

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-112 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Using Text Analytics


For a word cloud that uses text analytics,
the basic role is a document collection.

A document collection is a category


data item that contains the words
that you want to analyze.

When using word clouds


with text analytics, you
can choose to analyze
the document sentiment.

A stop list can be loaded to remove words


before text analytics is performed.

111

 A document collection can be used in your visualizations in the same way as a category.

Demonstration
Create a new exploration using an imported text file. Add
a line chart visualization with forecasting and scenario
analysis and a word cloud using text analytics with
sentiment analysis. A stop list is also loaded.

112

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.4 Enhancing Visualizations w ith Analytics 3-113

Exercise
Create a new visualization from a correlation matrix and
add a fit line to a heat map.

113

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-114 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Adding Analytics to an Exploration

This demonstration illustrates how to add different types of analytics to an exploration.


1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Lynn in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Click Data Preparation in the Action button area or select Data Preparation from the Side menu.
6. Click Cancel to close the window that appears.
7. Load a text analytics stop list.
a. Select Tools  Load Text Analytics Stop List.
b. Verify that English is selected for the Stop list field.

c. Click next to the Location field.

d. If necessary, navigate to the Shared Data/SAS Visual Analytics/Public/LASR folder.


e. Click next to the Library field.

f. If necessary, select Shared Data/SAS Visual Analytics/Public/Visual Analytics Public LASR


library.

 A stop list is a table of words that you want to ignore in your text analysis.

g. Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.4 Enhancing Visualizations w ith Analytics 3-115

h. When the stop list has finished loading, a message is displayed.

i. Click Close.
8. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
9. Click Sign In.
10. Enter Eric in the User ID field.
11. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
12. Click Sign In.
13. Click Data Explorer in the Action button area or select Data Explorer from the Side menu.
14. Select a data source to explore.

a. Click Select a Data Source.


The Open Data Source window appears.
b. In the Import section, select Microsoft Excel (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb).
c. Navigate to D:\CourseData.
d. Select Orders43k.xlsx and click Open.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-116 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The Import Microsoft Excel File window appears.

e. Verify that the Orders43k worksheet is selected.


f. Verify that Begin import on row is set to 1.
g. Verify that Include column names is selected.
h. Click OK to import the text file.
The file is loaded to the Public LASR Analytic Server and the data items are loaded to the Data
pane.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.4 Enhancing Visualizations w ith Analytics 3-117

15. Hide data items.


a. Click (Options) in the Data pane.

b. Select Show or Hide Items.


c. Clear the Select All check box.
d. Select the check boxes for the following data items:
 Order
 OrderNote
 TransactionMonthOfYear
 OrderMarketingCost
 OrderTotal

e. Click OK.
The Data pane should resemble the following:

16. Create a new line chart visualization.


a. Click (Line chart) on the toolbar to set the visualization type.

b. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


c. Select TransactionMonthOfYear for the Category role.
d. Select OrderTotal for the Measures role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-118 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The Roles tab should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.4 Enhancing Visualizations w ith Analytics 3-119

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

e. On the Roles tab in the Right pane, click the Forecasting check box.
A forecast for the next six months is added to the visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-120 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

f. Select OrderMarketingCost for the Underlying factors role.


The updated visualization should resemble the following:

17. Modify properties for the line chart visualization.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Order Total Forecast in the Name field.
c. Clear the Generate graph title check box.
d. Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.
e. Click Show markers.
f. Specify 10 for the Duration.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.4 Enhancing Visualizations w ith Analytics 3-121

The Properties tab should resemble the following:

18. Click (About these forecast results) to view information about the forecast.

19. Click to expand the information for OrderTotal.

20. Launch the scenario analysis.


a. Click the Roles tab in Right pane.
b. Click Scenario Analysis at the bottom of the Roles tab.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-122 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The Scenario Analysis window appears.

c. Increase the future values for OrderMarketingCost by 25%.


1) Right-click a forecasted data point for OrderMarketingCost and select Set Series Values.
2) Select By percentage.
3) Enter 25 for the percentage.

4) Click OK.
5) Click Apply.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.4 Enhancing Visualizations w ith Analytics 3-123

The forecast is updated to show the results of the scenario.

d. Click Close to close the Scenario Analysis window.


e. Click the Results tab in the details view.
f. Scroll down to the bottom of the table.
The table displays the data source values as well as additional measures that were calculated
based on the specified forecasting method.

g. Right-click the table and select Hide Details.

 You can also right-click the line chart and deselect Show Details.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-124 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

21. Specify a document collection for text analytics.


a. In the Data pane, right-click OrderNote and select Document Collection.
b. Select Order as the Unique identifier column.

c. Click OK.
The Data pane is updated:

22. Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Order Total Forecast
visualization.
23. Create a new word cloud visualization using text analytics
a. Click (Word cloud) on the toolbar to set the visualization type.

b. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


c. Verify that Using text analytics is selected for the Show word cloud property.
d. Select OrderNote for the Document collection role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.4 Enhancing Visualizations w ith Analytics 3-125

The visualization should resemble the following:

e. Right-click the visualization and select Analyze Sentiment.


Sentiment analysis is added to the word cloud visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-126 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

f. Click in the drop-down list next to the Topic field at the top of the visualization.

g. In the word cloud visualization, select the word dissatisfy.


The Details view shows the notes that contain the term details.
h. On the Roles tab in the Right pane, select OrderTotal for the Document details role.
The Details view is updated to display order totals for each order note.

24. Specify properties for the word cloud visualization.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Order Note Text Analysis in the Name field.
c. Clear the Generate graph title check box.
d. Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.4 Enhancing Visualizations w ith Analytics 3-127

The Properties tab should resemble the following:

25. Save the exploration.


a. Select File  Save As.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Enter Order Analysis Exploration in the Name field.
d. Click Save.

26. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-128 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Exercises

7. Adding Analytics to an Exploration


a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
 Open Europe Product Exploration: Location Analysis from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Europe Product Exploration Analysis.
c. Create a new visualization from the correlation matrix visualization.

 Minimize the Products Supplied by Country visualization.


 Maximize the Correlation of Product Measures visualization.
Hint: Click (Manage Visualizations) in the Dock panel to choose a visualization to display.
 Double-click the cell for Retail Price and Profit.
 Minimize the Correlation of Product Measures visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.4 Enhancing Visualizations w ith Analytics 3-129

d. Modify the properties for the heat map visualization.

Property Value

Name Profit and Retail Price Analysis

Generate graph title <clear>

Title <clear text>

 View information about the correlation results.

e. Add a fit line to a heat map visualization.

 Minimize the Profit and Retail Price Analysis visualization.


 Maximize the Quantity and Product Price Analysis visualization.
 Add a fit line to the visualization.

Hint: Use the Properties tab in the Right pane to add a Best Fit fit line.
 View information about the regression results.
f. Save the updated exploration with the same name.
g. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-130 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

3.5 Interacting with Visualizations and


Explorations

Objectives
 List various ways of interacting with visualizations and
explorations.
 State the differences between exporting an exploration
as a PDF and exporting the exploration as a report.
 Describe the process for emailing an exploration’s link
from SAS Visual Analytics.
 State the difference between exporting an image of
the visualization and exporting the visualization data.
 Explain how data brushing can be used in an
exploration.

117

Arranging Visualizations in the Workspace


The Explorer workspace provides a grid layout.
Visualizations can be easily arranged using the grid.

Placement is determined
by the edge closest to the
118
drop point.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.5 Interacting w ith Visualizations and Ex plorations 3-131

Visualization and Exploration Comments


Clicking the Comments tab in
the Right pane enables you to
view and enter comments for
the selected visualization.

Selecting File  Exploration


Comments from the menu
bar enables you to view and
enter comments for the
119
exploration.

3.09 Poll
All users have the ability to add and view comments.
 True
 False

120

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-132 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Exporting Data
There are several ways to export your explorations and
visualizations.
Explorations
 Export an exploration as a PDF.
 Export an exploration as a report that you can
open in SAS Visual Analytics Designer and
other applications.
 Email a link to the exploration.

Visualizations
 Export an image of a visualization.
 Export the data that is used to create the
visualization.

122

3.10 Multiple Answer Poll


Which of the following are true about SAS Visual
Analytics Explorer?
a. You can export an image of a visualization.
b. You can export an exploration as a Microsoft Word
document.
c. You can export an exploration as a report.

123

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.5 Interacting w ith Visualizations and Ex plorations 3-133

Exporting an Exploration as a PDF


Selecting File  Export  Exploration as PDF displays
the Export as PDF Wizard. The wizard enables you to
specify options and select the visualizations to export.

Moving your pointer


over the icon
explains why the
visualization cannot
be exported.

125

 Visualizations that have no data items assigned to required roles are not available to include in
your PDF output.
In the Export to PDF Wizard, enter a title and a description for the PDF document. Then, select the
following options:
 Page numbers: specifies the PDF document contains page numbers.
 Summary data: specifies whether the PDF document contains summary data tables for each
visualization.
 Filter descriptions: specifies whether each visualization includes a description of its active filters.

Exporting an Exploration as a Report


Selecting File  Export  Exploration as Report
displays the Export as Report window. This window
enables you to do the following:
 choose the
visualizations
to export and
select the
desired order
 save the report
to a specific
SAS Folder
location
 specify the
name of the
126 report continued...

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-134 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

 The following types of visualizations are not available to be included in your report:
 decision trees
 network diagrams
 Sankey diagrams
 treemaps that display additional levels
 word clouds
 visualizations that do not contain data
 geo maps that use a custom geographic data item

Line charts with forecasting can be included only if the visualization is displayed during the current
session.

Exporting an Exploration as a Report


The exported report can be opened in Visual Analytics
Designer. A report section
is created for each exported
visualization. You can also
import individual objects
from the exported report.

The properties, styles, and


comments for the exported visualizations can be modified
in the Designer.

Some visualization types do not enable you to edit the


data in the Designer. A message icon in the report object
provides information to
anyone using the report.
127

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.5 Interacting w ith Visualizations and Ex plorations 3-135

Emailing an Exploration as a Link


You can send an email with a link to an exploration
from within the Explorer by selecting File  E-mail.
When you send an email, the following occurs:
 A link to the exploration is automatically added.
 To and From email addresses are required.
 The person who receives the email must sign in
to Visual Analytics to view the exploration.

128

 To: specifies the email destination. If you enter multiple addresses, you can separate the addresses by
using commas, semicolons, or spaces.
 From: specifies the email address that is shown as the sender of the email. This email address is also
used for notifications if the email cannot be delivered to the addresses in the To field.
 Subject: specifies the subject line of the email.
 Message: specifies text for the email message body. This field is optional.

 The message body of the email automatically includes a link to the current exploration. If you
specify text for the Message field, then your text appears before the link in the email.

Exporting a Visualization as an Image


Open the Save Image window by clicking (Options)
on the title bar of the
visualization or by
right-clicking in the
background of the
visualization and
selecting Export Image.

Exported images are saved as PNG files.


129

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-136 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Exporting Visualization Data


You can export the data used to create the visualization
by clicking (Options) on the title bar of the visualization
or by right-clicking in the background of the visualization
and selecting Export Data.

The data is exported to the local computer as a CSV file


that can be opened in Microsoft Excel and other
programs.

130

Data Brushing
Selecting the Data brushing mode from
the toolbar enables you to click items in
a visualization and display related items
in the other visualizations.

Not all visualizations


support data brushing.

131

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.5 Interacting w ith Visualizations and Ex plorations 3-137

Demonstration
Arrange visualizations in the workspace and export the
visualization data and the exploration as a PDF.

You also add comments to the exploration.


132

Exercise
Arrange visualizations in the workspace, export a visualization
as an image, and export the exploration as a report.

133 You also add comments to a visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-138 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Interacting with Visualizations

This demonstration illustrates arranging visualizations in the workspace and exporting the visualization
data and the exploration as a PDF.

1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Open an existing exploration.
a. Click Browse in the Action button area.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Select US Customer Exploration: Location Analysis.
d. Click Open.
6. Save a copy of the existing exploration.
a. Select File  Save As.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.

c. Enter US Customer Exploration Overview in the Name field.


d. Click Save.
7. Manage visualizations.
a. Click (Maximize view) on the toolbar or select View  Maximize View from the menu bar
to collapse the Right and Data panes.
b. Click (Manage visualizations) on the Dock panel and select Show All Visualizations.

c. Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the 2011 Profit by Customer
Group and Order Type table visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.5 Interacting w ith Visualizations and Ex plorations 3-139

d. Rearrange the visualizations in the workspace to resemble the following:

8. Click All US Hierarchy in the geo map visualization to return to the top level of the hierarchy.
9. Add a comment to the exploration.
a. Select File  Exploration Comments.
b. Enter Members with low activity in the Enter a topic name field.
c. In the Enter a comment field, enter As expected, profits for members with low activity are
lacking. Perhaps we can run a promotion for these members to try to increase sales. .
d. Click Post.
The Exploration Comments window should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-140 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

e. Click Close to close the Exploration Comments window.


10. Export the data used to create the word cloud visualization.
a. Right-click in the word cloud visualization and select Export Data.
b. Select the desktop as the location in which to save the CSV file.
c. Accept the default name and click Save.
11. Export the exploration as a PDF.
a. Select File  Export  Exploration as PDF.
The Export as PDF window appears.

b. Accept the default options and click Next.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.5 Interacting w ith Visualizations and Ex plorations 3-141

Step 2 enables you to select the visualizations to export. Not all visualizations can be exported.

c. Accept the default visualizations and click Next.


The document is generated and a completion message appears.

d. Click Finish.
e. Select the desktop as the location in which to save the PDF.
f. Accept the default name and click Save.
12. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration.
13. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-142 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

14. View the Profit and Quantity by State text file.


a. Double-click the Profit and Quantity by State.csv document on the desktop to open it.

b. Close the text file.


15. View the Customer Analysis PDF.
a. Double-click the US Customer Exploration Overview.pdf document on the desktop to open it.
b. Use the scroll bars and the bookmarks to view all of the pages of the PDF.

c. Select File  Exit when you are finished viewing the PDF.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.5 Interacting w ith Visualizations and Ex plorations 3-143

Exercises

8. Interacting with Visualizations


a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
 Open Europe Product Exploration Analysis from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Europe Product Exploration Overview.
c. Add a comment on the network diagram visualization.
 Minimize the Quantity and Product Price Analysis visualization.
 Maximize the Profit and Cost by Product visualization.
 Add a visualization-level comment with the following properties:
Topic Tracker Clothes

Comment Let’s take a closer look at the Tracker Clothes


group to see why costs are so high.

d. Manage visualizations in the workspace.


1) Click (Maximize view) on the toolbar to collapse the Right and Data panes.

2) Click (Manage Visualizations) in the Dock panel to show the following visualizations:
 Profit and Cost by Product
 Products Supplied by Country
 Products Supplied by Country: Top 5 by Profit
 Profit and Quantity by Product

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-144 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

 Rearrange the visualizations to resemble the following:

e. Export an image of the treemap visualization with the default name. Do not show filters and ranks
in the image.
f. Save the updated exploration with the same name.
g. Export the exploration as a report with the default name. Save the report in the Shared Data folder.
Then, open the report in Visual Analytics Designer.
h. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-145

3.6 Solutions
Solutions to Exercises
1. Selecting a Data Source and Setting Data Item Properties
a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.

2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.
b. Explore the ProductAnalysis data source.
1) Click Data Explorer in the Action button area or select Data Explorer from the Side menu.
a) Click Select a Data Source.
b) Select ProductAnalysis.
c) Click Open.
2) Modify the data item properties of several data items.
a) Set the classification for Year to Category.
(1) Right-click Year in the Measure group.
(2) Select Category.
b) Set the classification for Supplier Country to Geography  Country or Region
Names.
(1) Right-click Supplier Country in the Category group.
(2) Select Geography  Country or Region Names.
c) Rename Quantity Ordered to Quantity.
(1) Right-click Quantity Ordered in the Measure group and select Rename.
(2) Enter Quantity in the New name field and click OK.
d) Change the model type for Quantity to Discrete.
(1) Select Quantity in the Measure group.
(2) In the data properties table, click in the Value cell for the Model type property.
(3) Select Discrete.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-146 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

e) Create a new data item containing distinct counts of product names.


(1) Right-click Product Name in the Category group.
(2) Select Create  Create Distinct Count.
3) Show only a few data items in the Data pane.
a) Click (Options) on the Data pane and select Show or Hide Items.

b) Clear the Select All check box.


c) Select the following data items:
 Product Category
 Product Group
 Product Line
 Product Name
 Supplier Continent
 Supplier Country
 Year
 Cost
 Product Name (Distinct Count)
 Profit
 Quantity
 Retail Price

d) Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-147

The Data pane should resemble the following:

c. Save the exploration.


1) Select File  Save As.
2) If necessary, select the Shared Data folder.
3) Enter Product Exploration Setup in the Name field.
4) Click Save.
d. Click Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
2. Creating an Automatic Chart Visualization
a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.

2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
1) Click Browse in the Action button area.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-148 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

2) Select the Shared Data folder.


3) Select Product Exploration Setup.
4) Click Open.
5) Select File  Save As.
6) Select the Shared Data folder.
7) Enter Europe Product Exploration in the Name field.
8) Click Save.
c. Add a data source filter to the ProductAnalysis table to filter for Supplier Continent equal to
Europe.

1) Click (Options) on the Data pane and select New Data Source Filter.

2) Expand Character in the Data Items list.


3) Select Supplier Continent.
4) Double-click Supplier Continent In ‘x’ in the Conditions list.
5) Select Europe in the Choose drop-down list in the Visual editor.

6) Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-149

The updated Data pane should resemble the following:

d. Create an automatic chart visualization.


e. Hold down the Ctrl key and select the following data items in the Data pane:
 Cost
 Profit
 Quantity
 Retail Price

1) Drag the selected data items to the workspace.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-150 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The automatic chart functionality determines the best way to display the selected data.

 What you see on your classroom machine might have a different size and layout
than what is shown above.

a) Click (Show details) to display a table of the data used to create the graph.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-151

The updated visualization resembles the following:

f. Modify the properties for the automatic chart visualization.


1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Correlation of Product Measures in the Name field.
3) Clear the Generate graph title check box.
4) Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.
5) Select Magenta-Taupe-Lime for the Color gradient field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-152 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

g. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration with the same name.
h. Click Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
3. Creating Basic Visualizations, Part 1
a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.

3) Select Europe Product Exploration.


4) Click Open.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-153

5) Select File  Save As.


6) Select the Shared Data folder.
7) Enter Europe Product Exploration: Product Analysis in the Name field.
8) Click Save.
c. Create a line chart visualization.
1) Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Correlation of Product
Measures visualization.

2) Click (Line chart) on the toolbar to create a new line chart visualization.

3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


4) Select Year for the Category role.
5) Select Quantity for the Measures role.
6) Select Product Line for the Group role.
The line chart visualization should resemble the following:

d. Modify the properties for the line chart visualization.


1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-154 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

2) Enter Quantity by Year and Product Line in the Name field.


3) Clear the Generate graph title check box.
4) Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.
5) Select the Show markers check box.
The updated visualization should resemble the following:

e. Create a bar chart visualization.


1) Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Quantity by Year and
Product Line visualization.
2) Click (Bar chart) on the toolbar to create a new bar chart visualization.

3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


4) Select Supplier Country for the Category role.
5) Select Product Name (Distinct Count) for the Measures role.
6) Select Product Line for the Group role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-155

The bar chart visualization should resemble the following:

f. Add a rank to the bar chart visualization.


1) In the Data pane, right-click Supplier Country and select Add as Rank on Visualization.
The Ranks tab in the Right pane becomes active.

2) Specify 5 as the number.


3) Select Profit for the By field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-156 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

g. Modify the properties for the bar chart visualization.


1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Products Supplied by Country: Top 5 by Product in the Name field.
3) Clear the Generate graph title check box.
4) Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.
5) Select Stack for the Grouping style field.
6) Select Show data labels.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-157

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

h. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration with the same name.
i. Click Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
4. Creating Basic Visualizations, Part 2
a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.

3) Select Europe Product Exploration: Product Analysis.


4) Click Open.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-158 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

5) Select File  Save As.


6) Select the Shared Data folder.
7) Enter Europe Product Exploration: Price Analysis in the Name field.
8) Click Save.
c. Create a scatter plot visualization.
1) Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Products Supplied by
Country: Top 5 by Profit visualization.

2) Click (Scatter plot) on the toolbar to create a new scatter plot visualization.

3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


4) Select Quantity for the Measures role.
The Explorer displays a message that indicates that there is too much data to display.

 SAS Visual Analytics works in the background to analyze your data selections and
displays information messages as needed.
5) Click Yes to convert the visualization to a heat map.

6) Select Retail Price for the Y axis role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-159

The visualization should resemble the following:

d. Modify the properties for the heat map visualization.


1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Quantity and Product Price Analysis in the Name field.
3) Clear the Generate graph title check box.
4) Clear the text in the Title field.
5) Select Red-Yellow-Green for the Color gradient field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-160 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

e. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration with the same name.
f. Click Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
5. Creating Advanced Visualizations, Part 1
a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.

3) Select Europe Product Exploration: Price Analysis.


4) Click Open.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-161

5) Select File  Save As.


6) Select the Shared Data folder.
7) Enter Europe Product Exploration: Cost Analysis in the Name field.
8) Click Save.
c. Create a network diagram visualization.
1) Click on the visualization title bar to minimize the Quantity and Product Price Analysis
visualization.

2) Click (Network diagram) on the toolbar to create a new network diagram visualization.

3) Click the Roles tab on the Right pane.


4) Hold down the Ctrl key and select Product Line, Product Category, and Product Group in
the Data pane.

5) Drag the data items to the Levels role.


6) Select Cost for the Node size role.
7) Select Profit for the Node color role.
8) Select Quantity for the Data tips role.
The visualization should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-162 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

d. Modify the properties for the network diagram visualization.


1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Profit and Cost by Product in the Name field.
3) Clear the Generate graph title check box.
4) Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.
5) Select the Show labels check box.
6) Select Red-Yellow-Green for the Node color field.
7) Double-click the bubble for Clothes & Shoes.
The updated visualization should resemble the following:

e. Create a box plot visualization.


1) Click on the visualization title bar to minimize the Profit and Cost by Product
visualization.

2) Click (Box plot) on the toolbar to create a new box plot visualization.

3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


4) Select Product Line for the Category role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-163

5) Select Cost for the Measures role.


The visualization should resemble the following:

f. Modify the properties for the box plot visualization.


1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Cost by Product Line in the Name field.
3) Clear the Generate graph title check box.
4) Clear the text in the Title field.
5) Select Show Outliers for the Outlier field.
6) Select the Show averages check box.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-164 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

 Detailed information is displayed when you move the pointer over each of the boxes.

g. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration.


h. Click Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
6. Creating Advanced Visualizations, Part 2
a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-165

3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.


4) Click Sign In.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.
3) Select Europe Product Exploration: Cost Analysis.
4) Click Open.
5) Select File  Save As.
6) Select the Shared Data folder.
7) Enter Europe Product Exploration: Location Analysis in the Name field.
8) Click Save.
c. Create a new hierarchy.
1) Click (Options) on the Data pane and select New Hierarchy.

2) Enter Product Hierarchy in the Name field.


3) Double-click the following categories, in order, to add them to the hierarchy:
 Product Line
 Product Category
 Product Group
 Product Name

4) Click OK to create the hierarchy.


d. Create a treemap visualization.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-166 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

1) Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Cost by Product Line
visualization.
2) Click (Treemap) on the toolbar to create a new treemap visualization.

3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.

4) Select Product Hierarchy for the Tile role.


5) Select Profit for the Size role.
6) Select Quantity for the Color role.
The visualization should resemble the following:

e. Modify the properties for the treemap visualization.


1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Profit and Quantity by Product in the Name field.
3) Clear the Generate graph title check box.
4) Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.
5) Select 3 for the Additional levels property.
6) Select Red-Yellow-Green for the Color gradient field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-167

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

f. Create a geo map visualization.


1) Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Profit and Quantity by
Product visualization.
2) Click (Geo map) on the toolbar to create a new geo map visualization.

3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


4) Select Regions for the Map style field.
5) Select Supplier Country for the Geography role.
6) Select Product Name (Distinct Count) for the Color role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-168 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

The visualization should resemble the following:

g. Modify the properties for the geo map visualization.


1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Products Supplied by Country in the Name field.
3) Clear the Generate graph title check box.
4) Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.
5) Clear the Show map navigation control check box.
6) Select Red-White-Blue for the Color gradient field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-169

The updated visualization should resemble the following:

b. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration.


c. Click Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
7. Adding Analytics to an Exploration
a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.

3) Select Europe Product Exploration: Location Analysis.


4) Click Open.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-170 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

5) Select File  Save As.


6) Select the Shared Data folder.
7) Enter Europe Product Exploration Analysis in the Name field.
8) Click Save.
c. Create a new visualization from the correlation matrix visualization.
1) Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Products Supplied by
Country visualization.

2) Click (Manage Visualizations) in the Dock panel and select Correlation of Product
Measures.

3) Double-click the cell for Retail Price and Profit.


A new heat map visualization is created.

4) Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Correlation of Product
Measures visualization
d. Modify the properties for the heat map visualization.
1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Profit and Retail Price Analysis in the Name field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-171

3) Clear the Generate graph title check box.


4) Clear the text in the Title field and press Enter.
The updated visualization should resemble the following:

5) Click (About these correlation results) next to Correlation to view details.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-172 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

e. Add a fit line to a heat map visualization.


1) Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Profit and Retail Price
Analysis visualization.
2) Click (Manage Visualizations) in the Dock panel and select Quantity and Product Price
Analysis.
3) On the Properties tab in the Right pane, select Best Fit for the Fit line field.
The updated visualization should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-173

4) Click (About these regression results) next to Best Fit Line to view details.

f. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration.


g. Click Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
8. Interacting with Visualizations
a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.
b. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.
3) Select Europe Product Exploration Analysis.
4) Click Open.
5) Select File  Save As.
6) Select the Shared Data folder.
7) Enter Europe Product Exploration Overview in the Name field.
8) Click Save.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-174 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

c. Add a comment on the network diagram visualization.


1) Click (Minimize) on the visualization title bar to minimize the Quantity and Product
Price Analysis visualization.
2) Click (Manage Visualizations) in the Dock panel and select Profit and Cost by Product.

3) Click the Comments tab in the Right pane.


4) Click in the Enter a topic name field and type Tracker Clothes.
5) Click in the Enter a comment field and type Let’s take a closer look at the Tracker Clothes
group to see why costs are so high.

6) Click Post.
The visualization title bar should resemble the following:

d. Manage visualizations in the workspace.


1) Click (Maximize view) on the toolbar to collapse the Right and Data panes.

2) Click (Manage Visualizations) in the Dock panel and select the following visualizations
to display them in the workspace:
 Products Supplied by Country
 Products Supplied by Country: Top 5 by Profit
 Profit and Quantity by Product

The Manage Visualizations window should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-175

3) Rearrange the visualizations to resemble the following:

e. Export an image of the treemap visualization with the default name. Do not show filters and ranks
in the image.

1) Click (Options) on the treemap visualization title bar and select Export Image.

2) Clear Show filters and ranks.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-176 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

3) Click Save.
4) Navigate to the Desktop and accept the default name.
5) Click Save.
f. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration.
g. Export the exploration as a report with the default name. Select all visualizations that can be
selected. Save the report in the Shared Data folder. Then, open the report in Visual Analytics
Designer.
1) Select File  Export  Exploration as Report.
2) Click (Add all) to add all visualizations that can be exported.

3) Click Add all.

4) Click OK.
5) Select the Shared Data folder.
6) Accept the default name.
7) Click Save.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-177

8) Select the Open the report now check box.

9) Click OK.
Visual Analytics Designer opens and the new report is displayed.
Each visualization is a separate section that is represented as a tab across the top of the report.

h. Click Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-178 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

Solutions to Student Activities (Polls/Quizzes)

3.01 Quiz – Correct Answer


How many visualization types can be created
using SAS Visual Analytics Explorer? 17
Hint: Look at the toolbar at the top.

If SAS Visual Statistics is licensed at your site,


the last four visualizations are available.

16

3.02 Multiple Choice Poll – Correct Answer


How many category data items are loaded
in the Data pane?
a. 37
b. 20
c. 57
d. 5

23

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-179

3.03 Multiple Choice Poll – Correct Answer


What is the purpose of the (Options) icon
in the Data pane?
a. enables you to expand and collapse the Data pane
b. enables you to display the exploration options
c. enables you to display the data options

29

3.04 Multiple Choice Poll – Correct Answer


Which tab in the Right pane enables you to change the
name of the visualization?
a. Roles tab
b. Filters tab
c. Properties tab
d. none of the above

44

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-180 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

3.05 Poll – Correct Answer


All visualizations have the exact same properties.
 True
 False

Although every visualization has a common property,


Name, most visualizations have additional unique
properties.

46

3.07 Multiple Answer Poll – Correct Answers


Which visualization enables you to sort the data
in columns?
a. crosstab
b. table
c. none

61

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3.6 Solutions 3-181

3.08 Multiple Answer Poll – Correct Answers


Which visualization can use a data item that has a
classification type of geography?
a. crosstab
b. geo map
c. table
d. bar chart

Although all of these visualization types can use


data items with a classification type of Geography,
only the geo map uses the geographic information
to display the data values on a map. The other
visualizations use the data item as if the classification
type were set to category.
90

3.09 Poll – Correct Answer


All users have the ability to add and view comments.
 True
 False

Role-based permissions provide the ability to view


and add comments.

121

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
3-182 Chapter 3 Using SAS® Visual Analytics Explorer

3.10 Multiple Answer Poll – Correct Answers


Which of the following are true about SAS Visual
Analytics Explorer?
a. You can export an image of a visualization.
b. You can export an exploration as a Microsoft Word
document.
c. You can export an exploration as a report.

124

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Chapter 4 Designing Reports with
SAS® Visual Analytics

4.1 Examining the SAS Visual Analytics Designer Interface.......................................... 4-3

4.2 Creating a Simple Report ........................................................................................ 4-17


Demonstration: Creating a Simple Report................................................................. 4-21

Exercises............................................................................................................. 4-29

4.3 Creating Data Items and Working with Graphs ...................................................... 4-31
Demonstration: Working with Graphs: Part 1............................................................. 4-36

Exercises............................................................................................................. 4-43
Demonstration: Working with Graphs: Part 2............................................................. 4-48

Exercises............................................................................................................. 4-52

Demonstration: Working with Graphs: Part 3............................................................. 4-56


Exercises............................................................................................................. 4-60

4.4 Working with Filters and Report Sections .............................................................. 4-63


Demonstration: Working with Report Sections and Filters ........................................... 4-69

Exercises............................................................................................................. 4-80

4.5 Establishing Interactions, Links, and Alerts ........................................................... 4-82


Demonstration: Using Interactions in a Report .......................................................... 4-91

Exercises............................................................................................................. 4-97

4.6 Working with Gauges and Display Rules ............................................................... 4-99


Demonstration: Using Gauges in a Report.............................................................. 4-103
Exercises............................................................................................................4-117

4.7 Working with Tables .............................................................................................. 4-122


Demonstration: Adding Tables to a Report.............................................................. 4-126
4-2 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Exercises........................................................................................................... 4-131

4.8 Working with Other Objects .................................................................................. 4-135


Demonstration: Adding Other Objects to a Report ................................................... 4-142

Exercises........................................................................................................... 4-150

4.9 Solutions ............................................................................................................... 4-154


Solutions to Exercises ......................................................................................... 4-154

Solutions to Student Activities (Polls/Quizzes) ......................................................... 4-201

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.1 Examining the SAS Visual Analytics Des igner Interface 4-3

4.1 Examining the SAS Visual Analytics


Designer Interface

Objectives
 Describe the features of SAS Visual Analytics
Designer.
 List the ways to access SAS Visual Analytics
Designer.
 Identify the components of the SAS Visual Analytics
Designer interface.
 List the tabs available in the Left and Right panes.

SAS Visual Analytics Architecture (Review)


SAS Visual Analytics consists of several parts.

Home Page Explorer Designer

Web Viewer Data Builder Administrator

Mobile BI Graph Builder LASR Analytic Server


4

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-4 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

What Is SAS Visual Analytics Designer?


SAS Visual Analytics Designer enables
users to easily create reports and
dashboards.
Designer
Using the Designer, you can view,
interact with, and create reports as defined by your
metadata role.

Reports created in the Designer can be viewed


on the web, on a mobile device, or by using additional
SAS products.

Accessing SAS Visual Analytics Designer


To access SAS Visual Analytics Designer, click
Report Designer in the Action button area or select
Report Designer from the side menu.

You can also follow a web link or enter the


URL to access the Designer directly.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.1 Examining the SAS Visual Analytics Des igner Interface 4-5

SAS Visual Analytics Designer Components


Here are the components of the Visual Analytics Designer:
application bar
menu bar

toolbar
Left
pane Right
pane

canvas

11

application bar Enables you to return to the Home Page and easily switch between open items.
menu bar Enables you to access common tasks and access online Help.

toolbar Contains icons for working with the report.

left pane Enables you to select new report objects, work with data, import objects, and work
with shared display rules.

right pane Enables you to work with details about the report and report objects.

canvas Provides the workspace for building reports.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-6 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Left and Right Panes


Left pane
Right pane

Use the (List of tabs) button


to select the tabs to be displayed.

12

Left Pane: Objects and Data Tabs


The Objects tab provides
a list of the tables, graphs,
controls, containers, and
other objects that can
be used in a report.

The Data tab enables you


select a data source and
data items for your report.
The data properties table
at the bottom of the Data
tab enables you to view
and change properties for
the selected data item.
13

 Click (Options) on the Data or Objects tab to display a list of available actions.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.1 Examining the SAS Visual Analytics Des igner Interface 4-7

Left Pane: Imports and Shared Rules Tabs


The Imports tab enables you to add
report objects from other reports or
other sections of the current report
into the active report section.

The Shared Rules tab enables you


to create, edit, and delete display
rules that can be shared by multiple
gauges in the report.
14

4.01 Multiple Choice Poll


Which of the following is true about the Objects tab?
a. It enables you to create new data items.
b. It enables you to import objects to the report.
c. It enables you to add tables and graphs to the report.

15

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-8 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Designer Canvas
The canvas is the workspace for building a report. Report
prompts filter all of the sections by the same values.
Section prompts filter all report objects in that section.
report
prompt

report
sections
section
prompts

17

Interacting with Report Objects


Selecting a report object on the
canvas displays a tab that contains
a menu of actions.

Displays the name of the report object.

Displays information about filters, interactions, and links.

Displays the prompt dialog box for a stored process.

Maximizes the size of the report object.

Restores the report object to its original size.

Deletes the report object. You are prompted to confirm the


deletion.
18

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.1 Examining the SAS Visual Analytics Des igner Interface 4-9

Right Pane: Properties Tab


The Properties tab lists the
properties for the currently
selected object.
All report objects share some
common properties. Most
report objects have other
properties that are specific
to that type of object.

Clicking the icon in the Right


pane expands a category, and
clicking the icon collapses it.

19

4.02 Multiple Answer Poll


Which of the following are true about the Right pane tabs?
a. You can choose which tabs to display.
b. The tabs enable you to import objects.
c. The tabs enable you to select the data source
for the report.
d. You can display the tab name or show the icons.

20

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-10 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Properties Tab: Section Properties


When a section is the selected
object, the Properties tab enables
you to manage the layout and
section prompts.

Tile (default) Provides a grid that enables you to place report


objects next to other report objects.
Precision Enables you to control the exact placement and size
of the report objects. Report objects can overlap
other report objects in the precision layout.

22

When you use the precision layout, each report object enables you to specify size and position properties.

The toolbar displays the Arrange and Sizing menus when you use the precision layout.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.1 Examining the SAS Visual Analytics Des igner Interface 4-11

Properties Tab: Report Properties


When the report is the selected
object, the Properties tab
enables you to manage the
sections and report prompts.

23

4.03 Multiple Choice Poll


The Properties tab enables you to manage the layout of
each section. Which of the following is the default layout
type?
a. tile
b. precision

24

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-12 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Right Pane: Styles Tab


The Styles tab enables you
to specify styles for the
selected report object.

Clicking Reset Styles sets


the value of each option
to the default.

26

Styles Tab: Report Styles


When the report is the
selected object, the Styles
tab enables you to select
a report theme as well
as override selected theme
settings.

The Customize Theme button is displayed if you are a


member of the Theme Designer for Flex: Administration role.

27

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.1 Examining the SAS Visual Analytics Des igner Interface 4-13

Right Pane: Display Rules Tab


The Display Rules tab enables you to view, create,
and edit rules that can be used
to control the appearance
of values that meet a specified
condition.

You can define both


object-level and report-level
display rules.

28

Right Pane: Roles and Comments Tabs


The Roles tab enables you to view
the roles and data item assignments
for the selected report object.

The Comments tab enables


you to view and reply to
existing comments, as well
29
as add new comments.

For more information about the roles available for each report object, see “Working with Data Role
Assignments” in SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

 Role-based capabilities determine who can edit and delete comments.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-14 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

4.04 Poll
You can define both object-level and report-level display
rules.
 True
 False

30

Right Pane: Alerts Tab


The Alerts tab enables you to view, create, and edit alerts
for the selected report object. Select an alert to display
the alert details at the bottom of the tab.

32
32

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.1 Examining the SAS Visual Analytics Des igner Interface 4-15

Right Pane: Filters and Ranks Tabs


The Filters tab enables you to create
and manage filters.

The Ranks tab enables you


to view, create, and edit ranks
33 for the selected report object.

Right Pane: Interactions Tab


The Interactions tab enables
you to view, create, and edit
interactions and links for the
selected object.

Clicking Interactions View


displays the interactions
visually in the workspace.

34

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-16 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Auto-Update
Above the canvas, there are options for controlling
the report, including the Auto-update check box.

Clearing this check box enables you to design your report


and defer data-based changes.

manually refresh report

manually refresh object


35
35

Choosing a Report View


One consideration when you build reports is choosing
a report view. You can access the report views from
the View menu or with the icons on the top of the canvas.

Full Screen Enables the report canvas to use


the full screen. This is the default.
Tablet Adjusts the size of the report canvas for
a standard tablet.
Wide-screen Adjusts the size of the report canvas for
Tablet a wide-screen standard tablet.

36
36

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.2 Creating a Simple Report 4-17

4.2 Creating a Simple Report

Objectives
 Select a data source for the report.
 Discuss the types of available report objects.
 Add report objects to the canvas.
 Assign data items to report objects.

39

Selecting a Data Source


The Data tab in the Left pane enables
you to select data sources for the report.

40

 Some of the listed tables are used for sample reports or for SAS Environment Manager for
administrative reporting.

 Role-based capabilities determine whether you can import data and the type of data that you can
import.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-18 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Types of Report Objects


The Objects tab groups report objects into five categories.

Clicking (Create custom graph) opens the Custom Graph Builder.


41

You can control which objects are displayed by selecting (Options)  Show or Hide Objects.

 The following graph report objects are available, but hidden by default:

 The ability to open the Custom Graph Builder is determined by role-based capabilities.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.2 Creating a Simple Report 4-19

Using Report Objects


You can select the desired report object from the Objects
tab and drag it onto the canvas.

You can also use the


Insert menu to insert
objects.

42

Assigning Data Items


You must assign data items
to the required roles.

Roles tab

Drag and drop

Drop zones
43

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-20 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Demonstration
Create a new report to display profit by year and quarter.
 Select a data source.
 Specify data item properties.
 Add a pie chart and assign
data items.
 Duplicate the pie chart
and change the category.

44

Exercise
Create a new report to display profit by product category.
 Select a data source.
 Specify data item properties.
 Add a pie chart and assign data items.

45

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.2 Creating a Simple Report 4-21

Creating a Simple Report

This demonstration illustrates creating a simple report by selecting a data source, specifying data item
properties, adding report objects, and assigning data items.

1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page. The SAS Visual Analytics logon page appears.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Reorder the actions associated with a report.
a. Select Eric  Settings from the Home Page.
b. Select Initial Screen in the Home section.
c. Select SAS report (2G) under Content Types.
d. Select Edit – Report Designer under Actions.

e. Click (Move up) to move the action up in the list.

 The first item specified in the Actions section is the default action for that content type.

f. Click Done to save the changes and return to the Home Page.
6. Click Report Designer in the Action button area.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-22 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

SAS Visual Analytics Designer appears.

 The classroom image might display more tabs in the Right pane and icons instead of names.
You can switch the display by selecting (List of tabs)  Show icons only.

7. Select a data source for the report.


a. Click the Data tab in the Left pane.

b. Click (Add data source) on the Data tab in the Left pane.

c. Select CustomerOrders in the Add Data Source window.


d. Click Add.
8. Modify data item properties.
a. Right-click Quarter on the Data tab and select Category.

 After you change the classification, the data item might be displayed in a different group,
depending on how the values are grouped.

b. Right-click Year on the Data tab and select Category.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.2 Creating a Simple Report 4-23

c. Rename Date Order was placed by Customer to Order Date.


1) Right-click Date Order was placed by Customer on the Data tab and select Rename Data
Item.
2) Enter Order Date in the New Name field.
3) Click OK.

d. Rename Quantity Ordered to Quantity.


1) Right-click Quantity Ordered on the Data tab and select Rename Data Item.
2) Enter Quantity in the New Name field.
3) Click OK.
e. Select the data items that will be displayed on Data tab.

1) Click (Options) on the Data tab.

2) Select Show or Hide Items.


3) Clear the Select all check box.
4) Select the check boxes for the following data items:
 Continent Name
 Customer Age Group
 Customer Gender
 Customer Group Name
 Customer Type Name
 Month Name
 Order Date
 Quarter
 Year
 Cost
 Frequency
 Frequency Percent
 Profit
 Quantity

5) Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-24 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The Data tab should resemble the following:

9. Add a pie chart to the canvas.


a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag the Pie Chart graph object from the Objects tab on the Left pane to the canvas.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.2 Creating a Simple Report 4-25

A pie chart is added to the report canvas.

 The icon in the lower right corner indicates that the required roles were not assigned
a data item. Until the required roles are assigned, a placeholder is displayed on the report
canvas.
c. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
d. Select Year for the Category role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-26 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The pie chart is updated to show one slice for each year. The size of each slice measures
the number of rows for each year (frequency) in the data.

e. Right-click Frequency in the Measures role and select Replace Frequency  Profit.
f. In the pie chart, right-click Year in the legend and select Sort  Ascending.
The updated pie chart should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.2 Creating a Simple Report 4-27

10. Duplicate the pie chart and change the category role.
a. Right-click the pie chart on the canvas and select Duplicate Pie Chart 1.

b. Click the title bar for the new pie chart and drag it below the original pie chart.
c. Drop the pie chart graph object into the drop zone at the bottom of the window.

d. At the bottom of the canvas, right-click Year in the pie chart and select Replace Year 
Quarter.

e. Right-click Quarter in the pie chart and select Sort  Ascending.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-28 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The report canvas should resemble the following:

 The resolution of the computer, the size of the browser window, and the pane status
(expanded or collapsed) all impact how the different report objects are displayed. What
you see in the classroom might not match what is printed in the book.

11. Save the report.


a. Select File  Save As.
b. If necessary, select the Shared Data folder.
c. Enter Customer Analysis Report 1 in the Name field.
d. Click Save.
12. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

 You can stay signed in to complete the exercise, but you need to open a new report by
selecting File  New.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.2 Creating a Simple Report 4-29

Exercises

1. Creating a Simple Report Using SAS Visual Analytics Designer


a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
b. Reorder the actions associated with a report.
 Use Settings to make Edit the default action for the SAS Report (2G) object.

 If you followed along with the demonstration, there is no need to complete this step.

c. Create a new report.


 Select the ProductAnalysis table as the data source for the report.
 Set data item properties.
– Change the classification for Quarter to Category.
– Rename Discount in percent of Normal Total Retail Price to Average Discount.
– Change the aggregation for Average Discount to Average.
– Rename Quantity Order as Quantity.
 Show only the following data items on the Data tab:
– Month Name
– Order Type
– Product Category
– Product Group
– Product Line
– Product Name
– Quarter
– Supplier Country
– Average Discount
– Frequency
– Frequency Percent
– Profit
– Quantity
– Year

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-30 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

 Add a pie chart to the canvas.

Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the pie chart:
Role Data Item
Category Product Category
Measures Profit

 Sort Product Category in ascending order.


d. Save the report as Product Report 1 in the Shared Data folder.
e. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-31

4.3 Creating Data Items and Working with


Graphs

Objectives
 List the type of data items that can be created.
 List the types of available graph report objects.
 Describe the process for modifying properties
and styles for graph report objects.

49

Creating Data Items


The following data items can be created in the Designer:
 hierarchies
 custom categories
 calculated items (unaggregated)
 aggregated measures
 parameters
 custom sort
 duplicate items
 derived items
 geography data items

50

Hierarchies, custom categories, calculated items, aggregated measures, and parameters can be created
from the Data Options menu.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-32 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Custom categories, parameters, custom sort, duplicate items, derived items, and geography data items can
be created from the right-click menu.

 For measure data items, you can create the following types of derived items:
 difference from previous period
 difference from previous parallel period
 percent difference from previous period
 percent difference from previous parallel period
 percent of total
 period to date
 year to date
 year to date growth
 year over year growth

For more information about creating data items in SAS Visual Analytics Designer, see Chapter 43
in SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

4.05 Quiz
What is the difference between the icon
and the icon?

51

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-33

Types of Graphs
Multiple graph objects are available in the Designer.
 bar charts  bubble plots
 targeted bar charts  treemaps
 waterfall charts  dual axis bar charts
 line charts  dual axis line charts
 pie charts  dual axis bar-line charts
 scatter plots  dual axis time series plots
 time series plots

53

Graph Properties and Styles


Most graph objects have similar general
properties and styles that enable you
to control the appearance of the object.

54

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-34 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

4.06 Multiple Choice Poll


Which property enables you to specify font-formatting
attributes?
a. name
b. title
c. description

55

Working with Graph Report Objects


Many graph report objects are available in the Designer.
Bar Chart Targeted Bar Chart Waterfall Chart

Line Chart Pie Chart

57

 Waterfall charts are also known as progressive bar charts.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-35

Demonstration
Create new data items, add a bar chart to the report,
and assign properties and styles to all three report
objects.

58

Exercise
Add quantity as an additional measure to the pie chart
and set properties and styles.

Add a line chart to the report and modify properties


and styles.

59

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-36 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Working with Graphs: Part 1

This demonstration illustrates how to create new data items, add graph objects to a report, and work with
the graph object properties and styles.

1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Open an existing report.
a. Click Browse in the Action button area.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Select Customer Analysis Report 1.
d. Click Open.
e. Select File  Save As.
f. Select the Shared Data folder.
g. Enter Customer Analysis Report 2 in the Name field.

h. Click Save.
6. Create new data items.
a. In the Data pane, right-click Profit and select Create  Percent of Total.
b. Create a new hierarchy to navigate through the data.

1) Click (Options) on the Data tab.

2) Select New Hierarchy.


3) Enter Customer Hierarchy in the Name field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-37

4) Double-click the following categories to add them to the hierarchy:


 Customer Group Name
 Customer Gender
 Customer Age Group

5) Click OK.
c. Create a custom category.
1) Right-click Continent Name on the Data tab and select New Custom Category.
2) Enter Hemisphere in the Name field.
3) Click Label1 on the right side of the window.
4) Type Northern and press Enter.
5) Select the following data items in the Values section:
 Asia
 Europe
 North America

6) Drag the data items under the Northern label.


7) Click New label.
8) Type Southern and press Enter.
9) Select the following data items in the Values section:
 Africa
 Australia/Pacific

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-38 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

10) Drag the data items under the Southern label.

11) Click OK to create the new custom category.


7. Specify properties and styles for the first pie chart.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Select the first pie chart (Pie Chart 1) from the drop-down list at the top of the Properties tab.

 The pie chart becomes the selected item on the report canvas.

c. Enter Profit by Year in the Name field.

d. Click the Show category labels check box.


e. Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
f. Select Gloss in the Data skin field.

g. Click to expand the Text Styling section.

h. Click to apply bold to the Value category.

i. Click (Select a font color) next to the Value category and select the white color.

j. Click to expand the Frame Styling section.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-39

k. Click (Select a color) next to the Legend background category.

l. Select the third color in the first row.

The pie chart should resemble the following:

8. Specify properties and styles for the second pie chart.


a. Click the other pie chart on the canvas to select it.
b. If necessary, click the Styles tab in the Right pane to make it active.
c. Select Gloss in the Data skin field.

d. Click to expand the Frame Styling section.

e. Click (Select a color) next to the Legend background category.

f. Select the third color in the first row.

g. Click to expand the Text Styling section.

h. Click to apply bold to the Value category.

i. Click (Select a font color) next to the Value category and select the white color.

j. Click the Properties tab.


k. Enter Profit by Quarter in the Name field.
l. Select the Show values as percentage of total check box.
9. Add a bar chart to the report.
a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-40 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

b. Drag the Bar Chart graph object from the Objects tab into the drop zone on the right side
of the pie chart at the bottom of the report canvas.

c. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


d. Select Month Name for the Category role.
e. Right-click Frequency for the Measures role and select Replace Frequency  Profit
(Percent of Total).

f. In the report object, right-click Month Name and select Sort  Ascending.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-41

The bar chart should resemble the following:

10. Specify properties and styles for the bar chart.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Profit by Month in the Name field.
c. In the X Axis section, clear the Show label check box.
d. Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
e. Select Crisp in the Data skin field.

f. Click to expand the Data Colors section.

g. Click the first box for the Fill category.


h. Select a light green color.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-42 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The updated report should resemble the following:

11. Select File  Save to save the updated report using the same name.
12. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-43

Exercises

2. Modifying an Existing Report


a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
b. Open an existing report and save a copy.
 Open Product Report 1 from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Product Report 2 in the Shared Data folder.
c. Create new data items.
 Change the classification for Supplier Country to Geography  Country or Region Names.
 Duplicate the Average Discount data item.
– Rename the duplicated data item as Minimum Discount.
– Change the aggregation for Minimum Discount to Minimum.
 Duplicate the Average Discount data item again.
– Rename the duplicated data item as Maximum Discount.
– Change the aggregation for Maximum Discount to Maximum.
 Create a new hierarchy named Product Hierarchy that contains Product Line, Product
Category, Product Group, and Product Name.
 Create a new custom sort for Order Type.
Specify the following data items, in order, for the custom sort:
– Internet Sale
– Retail Sale
– Catalog Sale
 Create a new custom sort for Product Line.
Specify Sports as the only data item for the custom sort.

d. Add Quantity as an additional measure for the pie chart.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-44 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

e. Modify the properties and styles of the pie chart.

Specify the following properties for the pie chart:

Property Value

Name Profit and Quantity by Product Category

Show values as percentage of total <select>

Grouping style Multiples

Minimum percentage for “Other” 5

Specify the following styles for the pie chart:

Style Value

Data skin Crisp

Text Styling: Value Bold

Data Colors <change red to light purple>

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-45

f. Add a line chart below the pie chart.

Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the line chart:

Role Data Item


Category Quarter

Measure Profit

Group Product Line

g. Modify the properties and styles of the line chart.


Specify the following properties for the line chart:

Property Value

Name Profit by Quarter and Product Line

Grouping style Stack Filled


Specify the following styles for the line chart:

Style Value

Data skin Crisp

h. Save the updated report using the same name.


i. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-46 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Working with Graph Report Objects


Many graph report objects are available in the Designer.
Scatter Plot Time Series Plot

Bubble Plot Treemap

62

 Treemaps are also known as tile charts.

Demonstration
Add a treemap report object that uses the Customer
hierarchy to navigate through the levels in the treemap.

Add an additional
measure to the data
tip for the treemap
and modify properties
and styles.

63

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-47

Exercise
Add an animated bubble plot using the product hierarchy.

Modify properties and styles for the bubble plot.

64

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-48 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Working with Graphs: Part 2

This demonstration illustrates how to use additional report objects.


1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign in.
5. Open an existing report and save a copy.
a. Click Browse in the Action button area.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Select Customer Analysis Report 2.
d. Click Open.

e. Select File  Save As.


f. Select the Shared Data folder.
g. Enter Customer Analysis Report 3 in the Name field.
h. Click Save.
6. Add a treemap to the report.
a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag the Treemap graph object from the Objects tab to the right side of the Profit by Year pie
chart.
c. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
d. Select Customer Hierarchy for the Tile role.
e. Right-click Frequency in the Size role and select Replace Frequency  Profit.
f. Select Cost for the Color role.
g. Select Quantity for the Data tip values role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-49

The treemap should resemble the following:

 The placement of the tiles in the treemap is determined based on the size of the report
object. The resolution of your computer, the size of the browser window, and the status
of the panes (collapsed or expanded) impact how the treemap is displayed. What you see
on your classroom machine might not match what you see above.
7. Specify properties and styles for the treemap.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Profit and Cost by Customer Hierarchy in the Name field.
c. Clear the Show legend check box.
d. Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.

e. Click to expand the Text Styling section.

f. Click to apply bold to the Value category.

g. Click to expand the Data Colors section.

h. Click the first box for the Gradient category.


i. Select a dark green color.
j. Click the second box for the Gradient category.
k. Select a yellow color.
l. Click the third box for the Gradient category.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-50 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

m. Select a red color.

The updated treemap should resemble the following:

8. Navigate through the Customer Hierarchy.


a. Double-click Orion Club Gold members to drill down to Customer Gender.
b. Double-click Male.
You can position the mouse pointer on the tiles to display values for Profit, Cost, and Quantity.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-51

c. Select All Customer Hierarchy in the breadcrumb at the top of the treemap to navigate to the top
level of the hierarchy.

9. Select File  Save to save the updated report using the same name.
10. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-52 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Exercises

3. Working with a Bubble Plot


a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
b. Open an existing report and save a copy.
 Open Product Report 2 from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Product Report 3 in the Shared Data folder.
c. Add a bubble plot to the bottom of the report.

Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the bubble plot:

Role Data Item

Group Product Hierarchy

X axis Profit

Y axis Quantity

Size Frequency

Animation Month Name

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-53

d. Modify the properties and styles for the bubble plot.


Specify the following properties for the bubble plot:

Property Value

Name Profit and Quantity by Product Hierarchy

Legend placement Middle, right side

Specify the following styles for the bubble plot:

Style Value

Data skin Pressed

 Use the hierarchy to drill through the data by double-clicking the bubbles for Clothes &
Shoes  Shoes  Eclipse Shoes.
 Play the animation.
 Return to the All Product Hierarchy level.

e. Resize the report objects to resemble the following:

f. Save the updated report using the same name.


g. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-54 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Working with Graph Report Objects


Dual axis charts and plots support two measures by using
separate axes. Dual Axis Bar Chart Dual Axis Line Chart

Dual Axis Bar-Line Chart Dual Axis Time Series Plot

67

Demonstration
Add a dual axis time series and modify properties
and styles for the new report object.

Rearrange the
objects in the
report for easier
viewing.

68

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-55

Exercise
Add an animated dual axis bar-line chart to the report.
Modify the properties and styles of the dual axis bar-line
chart.

Rearrange the objects


in the report for easier
viewing.

69

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-56 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Working with Graphs: Part 3

This demonstration illustrates how to use additional report objects.


1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign in.
5. Open an existing exploration and save a copy.
a. Click Browse in the Action button area.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Select Customer Analysis Report 3.
d. Click Open.

e. Select File  Save As.


f. Select the Shared Data folder.
g. Enter Customer Analysis Report 4 in the Name field.
h. Click Save.
6. Add a dual axis time series plot to the bottom of the report.
a. If necessary, click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag the Dual Axis Time Series Plot object to the drop zone at the bottom of the canvas.
c. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
d. Select Order Date for the Time axis role.
e. Select Profit for the Measure (line) role.
f. Select Cost for the Measure (line 2) role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-57

The report object should resemble the following:

g. Specify properties and styles for the dual axis time series plot.
1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Profit and Cost Analysis in the Name field.
3) In the Time Series 1 section, select the Show fill check box.

4) Select Fixed count as the value for the Binning interval property.
5) Enter 60 as the value for the Fixed bin count property.

6) In the Time Series 2 section, select the Show fill check box.
7) In the Left Y Axis section, select the Set fixed minimum check box.

8) Enter 350,000 as the minimum value.


9) Select the Set fixed maximum check box.
10) Enter 2,500,000 as the maximum value.
11) In the Right Y Axis section, select the Set fixed minimum check box.
12) Enter 350,000 as the minimum value.
13) Select the Set fixed maximum check box in the Right Y Axis section.
14) Enter 2,500,000 as the maximum value.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-58 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The Properties tab should resemble the following:

15) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.

16) Click to expand the Data Colors section.

17) Click the first box for the Fill category.


18) Select a medium green color.
19) Click the second box for the Fill category.
20) Select a medium red color.
21) Click the first box for the Line/Marker category.
22) Select a dark green color.
23) Click the second box for the Line/Marker category.
24) Select a dark red color.
The dual axis time series plot should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-59

7. Rearrange the report objects to resemble the following:

8. Select File  Save to save the updated report using the same name.
9. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-60 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Exercises

4. Working with a Dual Axis Graph


a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
b. Open an existing report and save a copy.
 Open Product Report 3 from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Product Report 4 in the Shared Data folder.
c. Add a dual axis bar-line chart below the bubble plot.

Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the dual axis bar-line chart:
Role Data Item
Category Product Line
Measure (bar) Profit
Measure (line) Quantity
Animation Month Name

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.3 Creating Data Items and Wor king w ith Graphs 4-61

d. Specify the properties and styles for the dual axis bar-line chart.
Specify the following properties for the dual axis bar-line chart:
Property Value
Name Monthly Profit and Quantity by Product Line
Show markers <select>
Reference lines

Specify the following styles for the dual axis bar-line chart:

Style Value

Data skin Matte

Line thickness 6

Marker size 12

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-62 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

e. Move and resize the report objects to resemble the following:

f. Save the updated report using the same name.


g. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.4 Working w ith Filters and Report Sections 4-63

4.4 Working with Filters and Report


Sections

Objectives
 Describe the functionality provided by multi-section
reports.
 List the ways to filter data.
 Create data source filters.
 Create report prompts and section prompts.
 Create basic and advanced report object filters.
 List the types of control objects and how they can
be used to interact with data.

73

Why Use a Multi-Section Report?


Multi-section reports provide these benefits:
 Additional sections provide more screen real estate.
 Linking is an effective way to pass values between
sections.
 Info windows are hidden sections that can display
additional information.

74

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-64 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Filtering in SAS Visual Analytics Designer


Filters enable you to restrict the data that is returned from
the data source.
Data source Subset the data for the entire report and are
filters applied to every report object.

Basic and Advanced Subset the data for a single report object
Report filters based on the values of one or more data
items. Advanced filters provide additional
control.
Report and Section Subset the data for all objects in the report
prompts or the selected section.

Using objects Subset data based on selections in objects


and interactions that have interactions with other objects.

75

Data Source Filters


To create a data source filter, click (Options)
on the Data tab and select New Data Source Filter.

Although a data source can


have only one data source filter,
that filter can contain criteria
based on multiple data items.

76

The data source filter editor is similar to the expression editor that is used when you create data items.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.4 Working w ith Filters and Report Sections 4-65

Report Object Filters


Report object filters subset the data
for individual report objects.

There are two types of report object


filters:

Basic filters Subset the data by


using a single data
item.

Advanced Subset the data by


filters using any number of
data items and
operators in the same expression.

77

Report and Section Prompts


Report and section prompts enable you to filter values for
all objects in the report or in a specific section.
button bar
Report
Prompts

Section
Prompts
slider
text input
drop-down
list

The list control cannot be used as a report or section prompt.


78

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-66 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Types of Control Objects


Control objects are used to build report and section
prompts. They can also be used on the report canvas
along with interactions to filter various report objects.

The list control cannot be used in report and section prompts.


All of the controls can be used on the report canvas.

79

Using Control Objects


After you add a control object to the report, you need
to assign a data item to populate the values.

All controls, except the slider, require


category data items. The slider requires
a measure or a datetime value.

For all control objects except the


slider, a frequency count is
displayed for each value. The Roles
tab enables you to remove it.

80

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.4 Working w ith Filters and Report Sections 4-67

4.07 Multiple Answer Poll


Which of the control objects can be used for section
and report prompts?
a. button bar
b. drop-down list
c. list
d. text input
e. range slider

81

Using Parameters in a Report


A parameter is a variable whose
value can be changed and that can
be referenced by other report objects.

All control objects, except the list


control, have the Parameter role.

Parameters can be used with


the following features:
 calculated items and aggregated measures
 display rules (expression)
 filters
 ranks
 URLs

83

 Parameters can have a type of character or numeric.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-68 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Demonstration
Add a new section to a report. Move and import objects,
and add filters, ranks, and parameters.
report prompt section prompt

84

Exercise
Add a new section to an existing report and move
and rearrange report objects.

Add a report prompt to filter by year.

85

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.4 Working w ith Filters and Report Sections 4-69

Working with Report Sections and Filters

This demonstration illustrates creating a report section, moving and importing objects to the new section,
and filtering values.

1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Open an existing report and save a copy.
a. Click Browse in the Action button area.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Select Customer Analysis Report 4.
d. Click Open.
e. Select File  Save As.
f. Select the Shared Data folder.
g. Enter Profit Report 1 in the Name field.

h. Click Save.
6. Add a new section to the report.
a. Select Insert  New Section or click (Add new section) next to the Section 1 tab.

b. Right-click the new section tab and select Rename.

c. Enter Customer Demographics.


d. Press Enter.

 You can also use the Properties tab in the Right pane to rename the section.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-70 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

e. Rename Section 1.
f. Right-click the Section 1 tab and select Rename.
g. Enter Monthly Profit Analysis.
h. Press Enter.
7. Move an object from one section to another.
a. Click the Monthly Profit Analysis tab to make it active.
b. Right-click the treemap and select Move Profit and Cost by Customer Hierarchy to 
Customer Demographics.

8. Import objects from another report.


a. Click the Customer Demographics tab to make it active.
b. Click the Imports tab in the Left pane.
c. Click Select a report to import.
d. Select Profit Report 1.
e. Select the Profit and Cost Analysis report object.
A thumbnail view of the object is displayed.

f. Click Insert Profit and Cost Analysis on the top of the thumbnail view.

 This creates a copy of the original report object and places it in the current section.
9. Add a report prompt.
a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.4 Working w ith Filters and Rep ort Sections 4-71

b. Drag the Button Bar control to the Drop the controls here to create a report prompt area
at the top of the report canvas.

c. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


d. Select Hemisphere for the Category role.
e. Right-click Frequency for the Frequency role and select Remove Frequency.

f. Click Yes to remove the data assignment.


g. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
h. Enter Hemisphere Selector in the Name field.
10. Add a section prompt to the Customer Demographics section.
a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag the Drop-Down List control to the Drop controls here to create a section prompt area
near the top of the report canvas.

c. Click the Data tab in the Left pane.


d. Drag Year to the drop-down list control to populate the values.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-72 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

e. Change the frequency value displayed in the Drop-Down List control.


1) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
2) Verify that Drop-Down List 1 is selected.
3) Right-click Frequency for the Frequency role and select Remove Frequency.
4) Click Yes to remove the data assignment.
5) Drag Frequency Percent from the Data pane and drop it onto the Drop-Down List control.
f. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
g. Enter Year Selector in the Name field.
h. Select 2011 as the value for the section prompt.
11. Modify properties for the dual axis time series plot.
a. Select the dual axis time series plot in the canvas to make it active.
b. Enter Monthly Profit and Cost Analysis in the Name field.
c. In the Left Y Axis section, clear the Set fixed minimum and Set fixed maximum check boxes.
d. In the Right Y Axis section, clear the Set fixed minimum and Set fixed maximum check boxes.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.4 Working w ith Filters and Report Sections 4-73

The updated Customer Demographics section should resemble the following:

e. Select Clear Filter on the section prompt to clear the year filter.
12. Add a new data source filter.
a. On the Data tab, click (Options) and select New Data Source Filter.

b. Expand Character in the Data Items list.


c. Select Customer Group Name.
d. Double-click Customer Group Name NotIn 'x' in the Column Template list to add
it to the expression.

e. Click in the Choose drop-down list control next to NotIn and select Internet/Catalog
Customers.

 The information at the bottom of the window is helpful to determine how much
of the data is returned by the filter.
f. Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-74 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

All objects in all sections of the report are filtered by the data source filter. Now only two
category values are displayed in the treemap.

13. Modify the Monthly Profit Analysis section.


a. Click the Monthly Profit Analysis tab to make it active.
b. Move the Profit by Quarter pie chart to the right of the Profit by Year pie chart.
c. Move the Profit by Month bar chart to the left of the Profit and Cost Analysis dual axis time
series plot.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.4 Working w ith Filters and Report Sections 4-75

The Monthly Profit Analysis section should resemble the following:

14. Modify properties for the dual axis time series plot.
a. Click the dual axis time series plot to make it active.
b. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
c. In the Left Y Axis section, clear the Set fixed minimum and Set fixed maximum check boxes.
d. In the Right Y Axis section, clear the Set fixed minimum and Set fixed maximum check boxes.
15. Add a rank to the bar chart.
a. Select the bar chart to make it active.
b. In the Right pane, click (List of tabs) and select Ranks to activate the tab.

c. Accept the default data item, Month Name, and click Add Rank.
d. Accept the default, Top Count.
e. Change 10 to 5.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-76 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

f. Clear the All Other check box.

 When it is selected, the All Other check box indicates that all values after the specified
count are grouped together and displayed as a single data point.

The bar chart should resemble the following:

16. Create a parameter and apply the parameter to the rank for the bar chart.
a. On the Data tab, click (Options) and select New Parameter.

b. Enter Rank Parameter in the Name field.


c. Verify that Numeric is selected for the Type field.
d. Enter 1 in the Minimum value field.
e. Enter 12 in the Maximum value field.

f. Enter 5 in the Current value field.


g. Click Select next to the Format field.
1) Specify 0 for the Decimals field.
2) Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.4 Working w ith Filters and Report Sections 4-77

The Create Parameter window should resemble the following:

h. Click OK to create the parameter.


17. Add a text input control to the canvas.
a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag the Text Input control object above the bar chart.

c. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


d. Select Rank Parameter for the Parameter role.
18. Specify properties for the text input control.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.

b. Enter Rank Selector in the Name field.


c. Enter Specify the number of months to view (1-12): in the Title field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-78 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

19. Modify the rank for the bar chart.


a. Select the Profit by Month bar chart to make it active.
b. Click the Ranks tab in the Right pane.
c. Verify that Top Count is selected.
d. Select Parameter.
e. Verify that Rank Parameter is selected.
20. Select File  Save to save the report using the same name.
21. Test the filters in the Visual Analytics Viewer.
a. Select File  View Report.
b. Select the button for Southern.
The entire report is updated to display information only for the Southern hemisphere.
c. Enter 12 in the text input control and press Enter.
The updated section should resemble the following:

d. Select (Section)  Customer Demographics.

e. Select 2007 in the drop-down list control.


The Customer Demographics section is updated to display information for 2007.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.4 Working w ith Filters and Report Sections 4-79

The updated section should resemble the following:

22. Select Eric  Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-80 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Exercises

5. Adding Sections to a Report


a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
b. Open an existing report and save a copy.
 Open Product Report 4 from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Product Report 5 in the Shared Data folder.
c. Add a new section to the report.
 Rename Section 2 (the newly created section) as Profit and Quantity Analysis.
 Rename Section 1 as Profit Analysis by Product Line.

d. Move the Profit and Quantity by Product Category pie chart to the Profit and Quantity Analysis
section.
e. Modify the line chart (Profit by Quarter and Product Line).
 Use the Properties tab to change the name to Profit by Month and Product Line.
 Use the Roles tab to replace Quarter with Month Name.

f. Add a report prompt that uses a slider control to select the year.
Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the slider:

Role Data Item

Measure/Date Year

Frequency <remove>

Specify the following properties for the slider:

Property Value

Name Year Selector

 Select the years 2009 through 2011 as the value for the report prompt.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.4 Working w ith Filters and Report Sections 4-81

g. Rearrange the report objects to resemble the following:

h. Save the updated report using the same name.


i. Test the report prompt using SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.
 Select the years 2010 through 2011 as the value for the report prompt.

j. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-82 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

4.5 Establishing Interactions, Links, and


Alerts

Objectives
 Describe the purpose of interactions.
 List the types of interactions that are available for
reports.
 Create filter and brush interactions.
 List the types of links that are available for reports.
 Define links for a report object.
 Describe the purpose of alerts.

89

What Are Interactions?


Interactions help direct a report viewer’s attention
to specific results in a report.

 The list control filters the pie chart.


 The pie chart filters the bar chart and
list table.
 A brush interaction is established
betw een the bar chart and list table.
90

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.5 Establishing Interactions, Links, and Alerts 4-83

Types of Interactions
There are two types of interactions:
Filter Is used to restrict the data that is displayed
in a report object. Filters are simply a set of
conditions used to subset the data. This is
the default.
Brush Is short for data brushing, which enables you
to highlight the same data that is selected
in multiple objects.

Links ( ) are created and managed in a similar way as interactions.

91

Interactions are defined between report objects within the same section. Links access another section, info
window, report, or URL.

Working with Interactions


The Interactions tab in the Right
pane displays interactions for the
selected items. Buttons enable you
to create a new interaction or open
the Interactions View.

Clicking the New button


enables you to create
interactions and four
different types of links.

92

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-84 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Interactions View
The Interactions View
displays a thumbnail
of each report object
and section, and shows
existing interactions
and links.

New interactions and


links can be defined by
dragging them to connect
the objects.
Right-clicking an interaction icon provides additional functionality.

93

4.08 Multiple Choice Poll


When you establish interactions between report objects,
which of the following is the default interaction type?
a. brush
b. filter

94

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.5 Establishing Interactions, Links, and Alerts 4-85

Working with Links


You can define four types of links for a report object:
Report Opens another report.
Link
Section Displays another section in the same
Link report.
Info Window Displays an info window section.
Link
External Displays a URL.
Link

Report, section, and info window links pass a


value to filter the target report when the source
and target are based on the same data source.
96

Adding Links
To create a link, use the Interactions tab or right-click a
report object and select Add Link and choose the link type.

Right-click
Interactions tab

If there are multiple sections, you


can select which section to open.

97

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-86 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Report Links
In the report object, double-clicking a row, a bar, or a pie
slice activates the report link.

Return to previous report

98

 The screen captures above are displays from SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.

Section Links
In the report object, double-clicking a row, a bar, or a pie
slice activates the section link.

Return to previous section

99

 The screen captures above are displays from SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.5 Establishing Interactions, Links, and Alerts 4-87

Info Window Links


In the report object, double-clicking a row, a bar, or a pie
slice activates the info window link.

100

 The screen captures above are displays from SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.

External Links
In the report object, double-clicking
a row, a bar, or a pie slice activates
the external link.

101

 The screen captures above are displays from SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-88 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

 You can specify additional parameters to pass data item value to the URL.

Combining Filters, Interactions, and Links


You can combine filters, interactions, and links to create
an interactive set of reports.
In this example,
 a data source filter subsets
the data for years between
2005 and 2012
 a section prompt filters values
for a single year
 the list control filters the
treemap and dual axis line
chart using interactions
 double-clicking a tile in the
treemap displays the Unit
Detail section
 double-clicking a data point
on the line chart opens the
SAS home page.
102

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.5 Establishing Interactions, Links, and Alerts 4-89

Adding Alerts to Report Objects


Alerts notify you via email when a specific criterion is met.

To create an alert, use the Alerts tab or right-click a report


object and select Add Alert.

103
103

Demonstration
Add an info window to the report. Establish interactions
and links and alerts.

104

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-90 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Exercise
Add two list controls to an existing report and establish
interactions to filter the pie chart.

Add a link from a report object to the SAS home page.

105

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.5 Establishing Interactions, Links, and Alerts 4-91

Using Interactions in a Report

This demonstration illustrates using interactions, links and alerts in a report.


1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Open an existing report and save a copy.
a. Click Browse in the Action area.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Select Customer Analysis Report 4.
d. Click Open.

e. Select File  Save As.


f. Select the Shared Data folder.
g. Enter Profit and Customer Analysis Report 1 in the Name field.
h. Click Save.
6. Add a new info window section.
a. Select Insert  New Section.

b. Click on the Section 2 tab and select Display as Info Window.


c. Right-click the Info Window 1 tab and select Rename.
d. Enter Customer Details and press Enter.
e. Right-click the Section 1 tab and select Rename.
f. Enter Profit Analysis and press Enter.
7. Remove the dual axis time series plot from the Profit Analysis section.
a. Click the Profit Analysis tab to make it active.

b. Click the Profit and Cost Analysis dual axis time series plot.

c. Click X in the report object title bar to delete the dual axis time series plot.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-92 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

d. Click Delete when you are prompted.


8. Move the treemap to the info window.
Right-click the treemap and select Move Profit and Cost by Customer Hierarchy to  Customer
Details.
9. Add a button bar to the Customer Details info window.

a. Click the Customer Details tab to make it active.


b. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
c. Drag the Button Bar control to the drop zone above the treemap.

 Place the Button Bar on the canvas.

d. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


e. Select Month Name for the Category role.

f. Right-click Frequency in the Frequency role and select Remove Frequency.


g. Click Yes to remove the data assignment.
h. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
i. Enter Month Display in the Name field.
j. Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
k. Click (Select a color) next to Background color.

l. Select a purple color.


m. Click (Select a color) next to Text color.

n. Select a white color.

o. Click to bold the values.

The button bar should resemble the following:

10. Add another button bar to the Customer Details info window.
a. Drag the Button Bar control to the drop zone to the right of the first button bar control.
b. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
c. Select Year for the Category role.
d. Right-click Frequency in the Frequency role and select Remove Frequency.
e. Click Yes to remove the data assignment.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.5 Establishing Interactions, Links, and Alerts 4-93

f. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.


g. Enter Year Display in the Name field.
h. Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
i. Click (Select a color) next to Background color.

j. Select a purple color.


k. Click (Select a color) next to Text color.

l. Select a white color.

m. Click to bold the values.

The button bar should resemble the following:

11. Rearrange report objects in the Profit Analysis section.


a. Click the Profit Analysis tab to make the section active.
b. Move the Profit by Quarter pie chart to the right of the Profit by Year pie chart.
The updated section should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-94 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

12. Add interactions to the report.


a. Click (List of tabs) at the top of the Right pane and select Interactions.

b. Click Interactions View to open the Interactions view.


c. Click the Profit by Year pie chart and drag the pencil icon to the Profit by Quarter pie chart.

d. Click the Profit by Quarter pie chart and drag the pencil icon to the Profit by Month bar chart.

 A derived interaction is established between the Profit by Year pie chart and the bar chart.

e. Click the Profit by Month bar chart and drag the pencil icon to the Customer Details info
window.

 An Info Window link is established.

The Interaction view should resemble the following:

f. Click Close in the bottom right corner.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.5 Establishing Interactions, Links, and Alerts 4-95

g. Select Profit by Month in the drop-down list at the top of the Interactions tab to view
the interactions.

 Derived interactions are not displayed on the Interactions tab.

13. Add an alert to the Profit by Year pie chart.


a. Click (List of tabs) at the top of the Right pane and select Alerts.

b. Click the Profit by Year pie chart to select it.


c. Click (New alert) on the Alerts tab to create a new alert.

d. Verify that Profit is selected for the Column field.


e. Verify that > (greater than) is selected for the Operator field.
f. Enter 15,000,000 in the Value field.

g. Click the Subscription and Notification tab.


h. Click (Add) in the Manage subscribers section.

i. Double-click Eric in the Recipients to add area to subscribe him to the report.
j. Click OK.
k. Click OK to create the alert.
The Alerts tab should resemble the following:

14. Select File  Save to save the report using the same name.
15. Test the interactions in the Visual Analytics Viewer.

a. Select File  View Report.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-96 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

b. Click the pie slice for 2011.


Both the Profit by Quarter pie chart and Profit by Month bar chart should be updated to display
only 2011 information.

c. Click the pie slice for Quarter 4.


The Profit by Month bar chart displays only bars for months that are in the fourth quarter
(October, November, and December).

d. Click the bar for November.


A tooltip is displayed.

e. Select Links  Section Link to Customer Details.

The info window is displayed and is filtered for November 2011.

f. Click Close to close the info window.


16. Select Eric  Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.5 Establishing Interactions, Links, and Alerts 4-97

Exercises

6. Defining Interactions for a Report


a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
b. Open an existing report and save a copy.
 Open Product Report 5 from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Product Report 6 in the Shared Data folder.
c. Add a list control to the left side of the canvas for the Profit and Quantity Analysis section.
Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the list control:

Role Data Item

Category Product Line

Frequency <remove>

Specify the following properties for the list control:

Property Value

Name Product Line Selector

Title Select one (or more) product lines:

d. Add another list control below the first list control.


Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the second list control:

Role Data Item

Category Order Type

Frequency <remove>

Specify the following properties for the second list control:

Property Value

Name Order Type Selector

Title Select one (or more) order types:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-98 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

e. Resize report objects in the Profit and Quantity Analysis section to resemble the following:

f. Add filter interactions to the Profit and Quantity Analysis section.


 Add a filter interaction from the Product Line Selector list control and to the Profit and
Quantity by Product Category pie chart.
 Add a filter interaction from the Order Type Selector list control to the Profit and Quantity
by Product Category pie chart
g. Add an external link from the Profit and Quantity by Product Category pie chart to the SAS Home
Page (http://www.sas.com).
h. Save the updated report using the same name.
i. Test the interactions and link using the SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.
 View the Profit and Quantity Analysis section.
 Select the Sports and Children product lines.
 Select the Retail Sale order type.
 Double-click one of the pie charts to view the external link.
 Close the browser tab on which the external web page is displayed.
j. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.6 Working w ith Gauges and Display Rules 4-99

4.6 Working with Gauges and Display


Rules

Objectives
 List the types of gauges that are available for reports.
 Describe assigning data items to a gauge.
 Set properties and styles for a gauge object.
 Describe the purpose of a display rule.
 List the process to establish display rules for different
types of report objects.

109

Gauge Types
A gauge displays the status or measure of one or more
variables in relation to a target, goal, or interval.

Five types of gauges are available in the Designer:

110

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-100 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Assigning Data Items to a Gauge


All gauge types support two roles for measures.
Measure The data item that controls what value the main
indicator displays
Target An optional data item that controls the placement
of a second indicator

target

measure

111

Establishing a Display Rule for Gauges


A display rule is used by a gauge to designate intervals
and colors for ranges.

Use the Display Rules tab to specify how to populate


intervals and edit the display rule.

auto populate intervals

enter values directly

In order for a gauge to display values,


a measure must be assigned and a
display rule must be created.
112

 Shared display rules can be created and used for multiple gauges in a report. For more
information about creating shared display rules, see “Add a Shared Display Rule for Gauges”
in the SAS® Visual Analytics 7.3: User’s Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.6 Working w ith Gauges and Display Rules 4-101

Using a Display Rule with a Graph Object


Graph objects enable you to use several types of display
rules to identify data values.

113

Creating Report-Level Display Rules


Report-level display rules enable you to define color-
mapped values that help to easily identify the same value
in multiple report objects.

114

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-102 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Demonstration
Create a new report using gauges. Add a section prompt,
display rules, and section links to the report.

115

Exercise
Create a new report that contains gauges in one section
and a treemap in another section.

Add display rules and a section link to the report.

116

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.6 Working w ith Gauges and Display Rules 4-103

Using Gauges in a Report

This demonstration illustrates using gauges and display rules in a report.


1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.
2. Enter Eric in the ID field.
3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Click Report Designer to build a new report using SAS Visual Analytics Designer.
6. Select a data source.
a. Click the Data tab in the Left pane.

b. Click (Add data source) on the Data tab.


c. Select CustomerOrders.
d. Click Add.
7. Add a gauge to the canvas.
a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag the Gauge object from the Objects tab to the canvas.
c. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane
d. Select Order Type for the Group role.
e. Select Profit for the Measure role.

f. Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.


g. Click (Auto populate intervals) to open the Populate intervals window.

h. Verify that 3 is selected as the value for the Number of intervals field.
i. Enter 0 in the Lower bounds field.
j. Enter 60,000,000 in the Upper bounds field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-104 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

k. Click OK.
The interval values are populated and the gauges are displayed.

8. Modify properties and styles for the gauge.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Profit by Order Type in the Name field.
c. Enter Profit by Order Type in the Title field and press Enter.
d. Click to italicize the text.

e. Select Vertical for the Direction field.


f. Select the Maximum visible rows check box.
g. Select 1 as the value.
h. Select the Maximum visible columns check box.
i. Verify that 3 is selected as the value.

j. Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.


k. Select Charcoal in the Data skin field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.6 Working w ith Gauges and Display Rules 4-105

The updated gauge should resemble the following:

9. Add a second gauge to the canvas.


a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag the Gauge object from the Objects tab to the canvas above the Profit by Order Type gauge.
c. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
d. Select Customer Age Group for the Group role.
e. Select Profit for the Measure role.
f. Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
g. Click (Delete) next to the first two intervals.

h. Enter 0 in the first Value field.


i. Enter 17,000,000 in the second Value field.
j. Click the color selector and select a blue color.

The Display Rules tab should resemble the following:

10. Modify properties and styles for the second gauge.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-106 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

b. Enter Profit by Age Group in the Name field.


c. Enter Profit by Age Group in the Title field. Press the Enter key.
d. Click to italicize the text.

e. Clear the Show range labels check box.


f. Select Thermometer as the value for the Type field.
g. Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
h. Select Onyx for the Data skin field.
The updated gauge should resemble the following:

11. Add a third gauge to the canvas.


a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag the Gauge object from the Objects tab to the right of the Profit by Order Type gauge.
c. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
d. Select Customer Gender for the Group role.
e. Select Profit for the Measure role.
f. Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
g. Click (Auto populate intervals) to access the Populate intervals window.

h. Verify that 3 is selected as the value for the Number of intervals field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.6 Working w ith Gauges and Display Rules 4-107

i. Enter 0 in the Lower bounds field.


j. Enter 27,000,000 in the Upper bounds field.
k. Click OK.
The Display Rules tab should resemble the following:

12. Modify properties and styles for the third gauge.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Profit by Gender in the Name field.
c. Enter Profit by Gender in the Title field. Press the Enter key.
d. Click to italicize the text.

e. Clear the Show range labels check box.


f. Select Dial as the value for the Type field.
g. Select the Maximum visible rows check box.
h. Select 2 as the value.
i. Select the Maximum visible columns check box.
j. Select 1 as the value.
k. Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
l. Select Satin as the value for the Data skin field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-108 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The updated gauge should resemble the following:

13. Add a section prompt.


a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag a Drop-Down List control from the Data tab to the Drop controls here to create a section
prompt area.

c. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


d. Select Continent Name for the Category role.
14. Modify properties for the drop-down list control.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Continent Selector in the Name field.
c. Click the Required check box.
d. Select Europe as the value for the Continent Name filter.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.6 Working w ith Gauges and Display Rules 4-109

e. Resize the report objects to resemble the following:

15. Save the report.


a. Select File  Save As to save the report.
b. If necessary, select the Shared Data folder.
c. Enter Profit Dashboard 1 in the Name field.
d. Click Save.
16. Add a new section to the Profit Dashboard 1 report.
a. Right-click Section 1 and select Rename.
b. Enter Dashboard and press Enter.

c. Select Insert  New Section.


d. Right-click Section 1 and select Rename.
e. Enter Details and press Enter.
17. Add a bar chart to the Details section.
a. Click the Details tab to make it active.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-110 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

b. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.


c. Drag the Bar Chart report object from the Objects tab to the canvas.
d. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
e. Select Customer Gender for the Category role.
f. Right-click Frequency in the Measures role and select Replace Frequency  Profit.
g. Select Customer Age Group for the Group role.
18. Modify properties for the bar chart.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Profit by Customer Gender and Age Group in the Name field.
19. Add a report-level display rule.
a. Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
b. Select Profit Dashboard 1 from the drop-down list control at the top of the Display Rules tab.
c. Click New.
d. Enter 15-30 years as the value.
e. Select a red color.

f. Click (Add).

g. Enter 31-45 years as the value.


h. Select an orange color.

i. Click (Add).

j. Enter 46-60 years as the value.


k. Select a green color.

l. Click (Add).

m. Enter 61-75 years as the value.


n. Select a blue color.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.6 Working w ith Gauges and Display Rules 4-111

The Add New Display Rule window should resemble the following:

o. Click OK.
20. Add a new display rule to the bar chart.
a. Select Profit by Customer Gender and Age Group from the drop-down list at the top of the
Display Rules tab.

b. Click New.
1) Click Expression.
2) Verify that Profit is selected as the value for the Column field.
3) Verify that > (greater than) is selected as the value for the Operator field.
4) Enter 7,000,000 in the Value field.
5) Click the color selector and choose a dark green color.
6) Verify that Background is selected.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-112 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

7) Click OK.
c. Click New.
1) Click Expression.
2) Verify that Profit is selected as the value for the Column field.
3) Select BetweenInclusive as the value for the Operator field.
4) Enter 5,000,000 in the Min field.
5) Enter 7,000,000 in the Max field.
6) Click the color selector and choose a bright yellow.
7) Verify that Background is selected.

8) Click OK.
d. Click New.
1) Click Expression.
2) Verify that Profit is selected as the value for the Column field.
3) Select < (less than) as the value for the Operator field.
4) Enter 5,000,000 in the Value field.
5) Click the color selector and choose a dark red color.
6) Verify that Background is selected.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.6 Working w ith Gauges and Display Rules 4-113

The Expression Details should resemble the following:

7) Click OK.
The updated bar chart should resemble the following:

21. Add a line chart to the Details section.


a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag the Line Chart report object from the Objects tab to the canvas below the bar chart.
c. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-114 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

d. Select Month Name for the Category role.


e. Right-click Frequency in the Measures role and select Replace Frequency  Profit.
f. Select Customer Age Group for the Group role.
22. Modify properties for the line chart.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Profit by Customer Age Group and Month in the Name field.
The updated line chart should resemble the following:

23. Create a section link from the Profit by Age Group gauge to the Details section.
a. Click the Dashboard tab to make it active.
b. Select the Profit by Age Group gauge.
c. Right-click in the object and select Add Link  Section Link.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.6 Working w ith Gauges and Display Rules 4-115

d. Verify that Details: Profit by Customer Gender and Age Group, Profit by Customer Age
Group and Month is selected.

e. Click OK.
24. Select File  Save to save the report using the same name.
25. Test the section link in the Visual Analytics Viewer.
a. Select File  View Report.
b. Click the gauge for 15-30 years.
A tooltip is displayed.

c. Select Links  Section Link to Details.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-116 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The Details section is displayed and is filtered for the 15-30 age group.

d. Click (Profit Dashboard 1 - Dashboard) to return to the Dashboard section.

26. Select Eric  Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.6 Working w ith Gauges and Display Rules 4-117

Exercises

7. Using Gauges and Display Rules in a Report


a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
b. Create a new report.
 Select ProductAnalysis as the data source.
c. Add a gauge to the canvas and specify display rules for the gauge.

Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the gauge:

Role Data Item

Measure Profit

Group Product Category

Specify the following display rule for the gauge:

Attribute Value

Number of intervals 3

Lower bounds 0

Upper bounds 23,000,000

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-118 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

d. Modify properties and styles for the gauge.


Specify the following properties for the gauge:

Property Value

Name Profit by Product Category

Show range labels <clear>

Type Speedometer

Maximum visible rows 2

Maximum visible columns 6

Maximum visuals 12
Specify the following styles for the gauge:

Style Value

Data skin Modern

e. Add a second gauge to the bottom of the canvas and specify display rules for the second gauge.

Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the second gauge:

Role Data Item

Measure Quantity Ordered

Group Product Line

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.6 Working w ith Gauges and Display Rules 4-119

Specify the following display rule for the second gauge:

Attribute Value

Number of intervals 1

Lower bounds 100,000

Upper bounds 700,00

 Assign a medium blue color to the interval.


f. Modify properties and styles for the second gauge.
Specify the following properties for the second gauge:

Property Value

Name Quantity by Product Line

Show range labels <clear>

Type Slider

Direction Vertical

Specify the following styles for the second gauge:

Style Value

Data skin None

g. Add a second section to the report.


 Rename the new section as Detail.
 Rename Section 1 as Summary.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-120 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

h. Add a treemap to the Detail section.

Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the treemap:

Role Data Item

Tile Product Group

Size Profit

i. Add a display rule to the treemap.


 Specify an expression display rule to color the cell green when profit is greater than 500,000.
 Create an alert from the display rule.
j. Modify properties for the treemap.

Property Value

Name Profit by Product Group

Show legend <clear>

k. Add a section link from both gauges to the Detail section.


l. Save the report as Product Dashboard 1 in the Shared Data folder.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.6 Working w ith Gauges and Display Rules 4-121

m. Test the section links using SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.


 Select Assorted Sports Articles from the thermometer gauges to view the Detail section.
 Return to the Summary section.
 Select Children from the slider gauges to view the Detail section.
 Return to the Summary section.

n. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-122 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

4.7 Working with Tables

Objectives
 List the types of table report objects.
 Describe how display rules can be used with list tables
and crosstabs.
 List the steps to add a sparkline to a list table.
 Modify properties and style for table report objects.

120

Working with Table Report Objects


Two types of table objects are available in the Designer.
List table

Crosstab

121

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.7 Working w ith Tables 4-123

Adding Display Rules to a List Table


Display rules can be added to list tables so that you can
easily identify data values that meet specific criteria.

There are three types of display rules for list tables:

Use the Ctrl key to sort


by multiple columns.

122

Adding Sparklines to a List Table


A sparkline is a small line graph that presents a single
trend over time.

Sparklines can be added


to list tables by right-clicking
in the table and selecting
Add Sparkline.

123

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-124 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Adding Display Rules to a Crosstab


An expression display rule can be added to a crosstab
to easily identify data values that meet specific criteria.

124

 The Intersects field enables you to select the levels to which the display rule will apply: one or
more hierarchy levels, the grand total, or all levels.

Demonstration
Add an info window to a report with a list table that
contains a sparkline and uses a display rule.

Establish an info window link.

125

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.7 Working w ith Tables 4-125

Exercise
Add a crosstab table to an existing report.

Add a new info window that contains a list table and a text
input control to search for product names.

126

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-126 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Adding Tables to a Report

This demonstration illustrates adding tables to a report. Display rules and sparklines are added to the list
table.

1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign in.
5. Open an existing report and save a copy.
a. Click Browse in the Action button area.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Select Profit Report 1.
d. Click Open.
e. Select File  Save As.
f. Select the Shared Data folder.
g. Enter Profit Report 2 in the Name field.

h. Click Save.
6. Create a new info window section.
a. Select Insert  New Section.
b. Click on the Section 1 tab and select Display as Info Window.
c. Right-click the Info Window 1 section tab and select Rename.

d. Enter Profit Detail and press Enter.


7. Add a list table to the Profit Detail info window.
a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag the List Table object from the Objects tab to the new info window.
c. Click the Data tab in the Left pane.
d. Hold down the Ctrl key and select the following data items in sequence on the Data tab:
 Customer Type Name
 Customer Gender
 Profit

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.7 Working w ith Tables 4-127

e. Drag the selected items to the list table.


8. Modify properties and styles for the list table.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Profit by Customer Type and Gender in the Name field.
c. Click the Show totals check box.
d. Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
e. In the Tables section, select the Wrap text check box.
f. Resize the columns as needed.
The list table should resemble the following:

9. Add a display rule to the table.


a. Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
b. Click New.
1) Click Color-mapped Values.
2) Select Customer Gender in the Column or value field.

3) Click (Add).

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-128 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

4) Enter Female in the value box.


5) Click the color box and select a light orange color.
6) Click (Add).
7) Enter Male in the value box.
8) Click the color box and select a light blue color.
9) Select Customer Gender in the Applies to field.
The display rule should resemble the following:

10) Click OK.


c. Add a sparkline to the list table.
1) Right-click the list table and select Add Sparkline.
2) Enter Profit Trend in the Column label field.
3) Select Order Date for the Time Axis field.
4) Select Profit for the Measure (line) field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.7 Working w ith Tables 4-129

5) Click OK.
The updated list table should resemble the following:

10. Link to the info window from the treemap in the Customer Demographics section.
a. Click the Customer Demographics tab to make it the active section.
b. Right-click the treemap and select Add Link  Info Window Link .
c. Verify that Profit Detail: Profit by Customer Type and Gender is selected.

d. Click OK.
11. Select File  Save to save the report.
12. Test the info window link in the Visual Analytics Viewer.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-130 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

a. Select File  View Report.


b. Select (Section).
Notice the info window section is not displayed.

c. Click Customer Demographics to view the section.


d. Click the Orion Club Gold members tile in the treemap.
A tooltip is displayed.

e. Select Links  Section Link to Profit Detail.


The info window appears and is filtered for Orion Club Gold members.

f. Click Close.
13. Select Eric  Sign out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.7 Working w ith Tables 4-131

Exercises

8. Using Table Objects in a Report


a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
b. Open an existing report and save a copy.
 Open Product Report 6 from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Product Report 7 in the Shared Data folder.
c. Add a crosstab to the bottom of the Profit and Quantity Analysis section.

Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the crosstab:

Role Data Item

Columns Order Type

Rows Product Line

Measures Minimum Discount


Average Discount
Maximum Discount

d. Modify the properties for the crosstab.

Property Value

Name Discount by Product Line and Order Type

e. Add a display rule to the crosstab.


 Display maximum discount values greater than 55% (.55) with an orange background.
 Apply to the Product Line/Order Type intersection.
 Apply to the Maximum Discount field
 Create an alert from the display rule.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-132 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

f. Add a brush interaction to the Profit and Quantity Analysis section.


 Add a brush interaction between the Profit and Quantity by Product Category pie chart
and the Discount by Product Line and Order Type crosstab.
g. Add a new info window to the report.
 Rename the info window as Supplier Detail.
h. Add a list table to the info window.

Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the list table:

Role Data Item

Columns Product Name


Quantity
Profit
i. Modify the properties and styles for the list table.
Specify the following properties for the list table:

Property Value

Name Product Analysis

Show totals <select>

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.7 Working w ith Tables 4-133

Specify the following styles for the list table:

Style Value

Wrap text <select>

j. Add a display rule to the list table.


 Add a gauge display rule for Quantity using an icon.
 Place the icon to the left of the text.
 Specify the following intervals:

 Apply the display rule to the Quantity column.


k. Create a new character parameter.
 Name the parameter Search Parameter.

l. Add a text input control to the top of the info window above the list table.
Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the text input control:

Role Data Item

Parameter Search Parameter

Specify the following properties for the text input control:

Property Value

Name Search

Title Enter a value to search by product:


m. Use the parameter to search the list table by product.
 Add an advanced filter to the list table to search for product names containing the value in the
search parameter.

n. Add an info window link from the Profit and Quantity by Product Category pie chart in the Profit
and Quantity Analysis section.
o. Save the updated report using the same name.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-134 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

p. Test the interactions, links, and parameters using SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.
 Click the slice for Clothes to see the brush interaction.
 Use the Clothes slide to view the info window.
 Search for Bikini in the list table.
q. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.8 Working w ith Other Objects 4-135

4.8 Working with Other Objects

Objectives
 Describe the report objects in the Containers
and Other categories.
 Describe how container objects can be used
in reports.
 List the ways that text objects display information.
 List the ways that image objects are used in reports.
 Describe a stored process.
 List the ways that the stored process object is used
in SAS Visual Analytics.
 Describe the differences between the geo bubble
map, geo coordinate map, and geo region map.
 Describe the word cloud report object.

130

Working with Additional Report Objects


There are two final categories of report objects:

131

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-136 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Using Containers in a Report


Containers enable you to group objects so that the report
can contain more objects than you have physical space
to display. prompt container
horizontal container

132
vertical container stack container

 The stack container uses a navigation control that enables you to select the report object
to be displayed.

 The prompt container can be added to the report prompt, section prompt, or the report canvas.
The list control object can be added to the report or section prompt area when it is used within
a prompt container.

Adding Text and Images to Reports


The text and image report objects enable you to add
instructions, notes, and graphical elements to your report.

text image

You can add links to the text and image report objects.
133

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.8 Working w ith Other Objects 4-137

What Is a SAS Stored Process?


A SAS Stored Process is a special type of SAS program.

Stored processes enable you to run a SAS program


and view the results in many different SAS applications.

Stored processes consist of SAS program code


and a metadata definition that describes how the stored
process should execute.

134

Using the Stored Process Object


When you add a stored process object to a report, you
are prompted to select a stored process from the SAS
Folders tree. The stored
process runs, and the
results are displayed.

The stored process controls the


style attributes for the results.

The Properties tab enables you


to change prompt values and
other properties.
135

Consider the following when you use a stored process in a report:


 A stored process cannot be used in the precision layout.
 A stored process cannot be the source or target of an interaction.
 A stored process cannot be added to a container.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-138 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The Show metadata view option displays the following type of information:

4.09 Multiple Answer Poll


Which of the following statements about SAS Stored
Processes are true?
a. A SAS Stored Process consists of both SAS program
code and SAS metadata.
b. A SAS Stored Process can be run only by the person
who created it.
c. A SAS Stored Process is always static and creates
the same results for every user every time it runs.
d. All SAS Stored Processes can be accessed by
everyone regardless of their security settings.
e. There are different types of SAS applications
that can run stored processes.

136

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.8 Working w ith Other Objects 4-139

Using the Geo Map Objects


In order to use the geo map objects, you must have
a geographic data item.
Geo Bubble Map

Geo Region Map

Geo Coordinate Map

138

A geography data item is a category whose values are mapped to geographical locations or regions.

 Only predefined geographic roles can be used for geo region maps.

Using the Word Cloud Object


A word cloud displays a set of category values as text,
which is grouped in a cloud-like shape.

A category value is used to define the words.


Measures are used to define the size and color.
139
139

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-140 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Combining Designer Features


Using several features together enables you to create
background images and layer objects.
 precision
layout
 image object
 transparency
properties
and styles
 additional style
settings such
as font color

140
140

Demonstration
Add an info window with a text object to the report. Import
an Excel file as a second data source and use a geo
coordinate map and a treemap to display the data.

141

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.8 Working w ith Other Objects 4-141

Exercise
Add an image object to an existing report.

Add a new section that uses a stack container to display


three word clouds and contains a geo bubble map.

142

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-142 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Adding Other Objects to a Report

This demonstration illustrates adding a second data source and other objects to a report.
1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
5. Open an existing report and save a copy.
a. Click Browse in the Action button area.
b. Select the Shared Data folder.
c. Select Profit Dashboard 1.
d. Click Open.

e. Select File  Save As.


f. Select the Shared Data folder.
g. Enter Profit Dashboard 2 in the Name field.
h. Click Save.
6. Add an info window to the report.
a. Select Insert  New Section.
b. Click on the Section 1 tab and select Display as Info Window.

c. Right-click the Info Window 1 section tab and select Rename.


d. Enter Instructions and press Enter.
7. Add a text object to the Instructions info window.
a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag the Text object from the Objects tab to the info window section.
c. In the text object, enter the following:
Select a continent from the drop-down list control in the upper right corner to subset the
information displayed below. Double-click an age group gauge to view additional details.

d. Highlight the text and select 14 as the value for the font size.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.8 Working w ith Other Objects 4-143

8. Modify properties for the text object.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Instructions in the Name field.
c. Enter Instructions in the Title field.

d. Click (Bold) to apply bold to the title.

The text object should resesmble the following:

9. Add a text object to the Dashboard section.


a. Click the Dashboard tab to make it the active section.
b. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
c. Drag the Text object from the Objects tab above the Profit by Age Group gauge.

d. In the text object, enter the following: Click here to view additional information.
10. Modify properties for the text object and add an info window link.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Link to Instructions in the Name field.

c. Highlight the text and select  Hyperlink.

d. Specify Info Window Link for the Type field.


e. Verify that Instructions: Instructions is selected as the Target info window.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-144 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

f. Click OK.
The text object should resemble the following:

g. Resize the report objects to resemble the following:

11. Select File  Save to save the updated report using the same name.
12. Add another data source to the report.
a. Click the Data tab in the Left pane.
b. Click (Add data source).

c. In the Import Data section on the right side of the Add Data Source window, click Microsoft
Excel (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb).

d. Navigate to D:\CourseData.
e. Select Focus_Customers.xlsx.
f. Click Open.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.8 Working w ith Other Objects 4-145

The Import Microsoft Excel File window should resemble the following:

 Clicking Preview enables you to view the first 500 rows of the Excel file.

g. Click OK to import the workbook.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-146 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The data items from the new data source are displayed on the Data tab.

13. Modify data item properties.


a. Right-click Customer_Country on the Data tab and select Geography  Country or Region
ISO 2-Letter Codes.

b. Create a new hierarchy.

1) Select (Options)  New Hierarchy.

2) Enter Key Customers in the Name field.


3) Double-click the following data items, in order, to add them to the hierarchy:
 Customer_Country
 Customer_Age_Group
 Customer_Gender

4) Click OK.
14. Add a geo coordinate map to the Details section.
a. Click the Details tab to make it the active section.
b. Move the bar chart so that it is to the left of the line chart.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.8 Working w ith Other Objects 4-147

c. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.


d. Drag the Geo Coordinate Map object from the Objects tab to the top of the report canvas.
e. Verify that Focus_Customers is selected on the Data tab.
f. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
g. Select Customer_Country for the Geography role.
15. Modify properties and styles for the geo coordinate map.
a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Location of Key Customers in the Name field.
c. Enter Key Customers in the Title field.

d. Click to italicize the text.

e. Clear the Show map navigation control check box.


f. Clear the Show legend check box.
g. Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
h. Select Gloss as the value for the Data skin field.

i. Expand the Data Colors group.


j. Click the first color selector for Line/Marker and select a purple color.
The updated geo coordinate map should resemble the following:

16. Add a treemap to the Details section.


a. Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b. Drag a Treemap object from the Objects tab to the right side of the geo coordinate map.
c. Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
d. Select Key Customers for the Tile role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-148 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

17. Modify properties and styles for the treemap.


a. Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b. Enter Key Customers in the Name field.
c. Enter Key Customers - double-click to navigate in the Title field.

d. Click to italicize the text.

e. Clear the Show legend check box.


f. Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
g. Select Gloss as the value for the Data skin field.
h. Expand the Data Colors group.
i. Click the color selector for Fill and select a purple color.
The updated treemap should resemble the following:

18. Select File  Save to save the updated report using the same name.
19. Test the info window link in the Visual Analytics Viewer.
a. Select File  View Report.
b. Click the Click here to view additional information link.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.8 Working w ith Other Objects 4-149

The info window with instructions is displayed.

c. Click Close to close the info window.


20. Select Eric  Sign out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-150 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Exercises

9. Adding an Image and Other Objects to a Report


a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
b. Open an existing report and save a copy.
 Open Product Report 7 from the Shared Data folder.
 Select File  Save As to save a copy as Product Report 8 in the Shared Data folder.
c. Add an image object to the top of the Profit Analysis by Product Line section.

 Select the OrionBanner image from the local machine at D:\CourseData.


 Save the image to the Shared Data location in the repository.
 Select Fit All as the value for the scale type.
d. Add a new section to the report.
 Rename the new section as Product and Supplier Analysis.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.8 Working w ith Other Objects 4-151

e. Add a stack container object to the Product and Supplier Analysis section.
Modify the properties for the stack container:

Property Value

Name Word Clouds

f. Add a word cloud to the stack container.

Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the word cloud:

Role Data Item

Word Order Type

Size Quantity

Color Profit

g. Modify the properties and styles of the word cloud.


Specify the following properties for the word cloud:

Property Value

Name Order Type

Specify the following styles for the word cloud:

Style Value

Data Colors: Gradient (first color) red

Data Colors: Gradient (second color) yellow

Data Colors: Gradient (third color) green

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-152 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

h. Duplicate the word cloud and modify the roles and properties of the second word cloud.

 Select Product Category for the Word role.


 Specify Product Category for the Name property.
i. Duplicate the word cloud and modify the roles and properties of the third word cloud.

 Select Supplier Country for the Word role.


 Specify Supplier Country for the Name property.

j. Add a geo bubble map to the bottom of the Product and Supplier Analysis section.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.8 Working w ith Other Objects 4-153

Use the Roles tab to assign the following data items to the geo bubble map:

Role Data Item

Geography Supplier Country

Size Quantity

Color Profit

k. Modify the properties and styles of the geo bubble map.


Specify the following properties for the geo bubble map:

Property Value

Name Supplier Analysis


Show map navigation control <clear>

Show legend <clear>

Specify the following styles for the geo bubble map:

Style Value

Data Colors: Gradient (first color) red

Data Colors: Gradient (second color) yellow

Data Colors: Gradient (third color) green

l. Save the updated report using the same name.


m. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-154 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

4.9 Solutions
Solutions to Exercises
1. Creating a Simple Report Using SAS Visual Analytics Designer
a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page. The SAS Visual Analytics logon page appears.

2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.


3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign in.
b. Reorder the actions associated with a report.
1) Select Eric  Settings from the Home Page.
2) Select Initial Screen in the Home section.
3) Select SAS report (2G) under Content Types.
4) Select Edit – Report Designer under Actions.

5) Click (Move up) to move the action up in the list.

6) Click Done to save return to the Home Page and save the changes.
c. Create a new report.
1) Click Report Designer in the Action button area.
2) Select a data source for the report.
a) Click the Data tab in the Left pane.

b) Click (Add data source) on the Data tab.

c) Select ProductAnalysis.
d) Click Add.
3) Modify data item properties.
a) Right-click Quarter on the Data tab and select Category.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-155

b) Rename Discount in percent of Normal Total Retail Price to Average Discount and change
the aggregation.
(1) Right-click Discount in percent of Normal Total Retail Price on the Data tab and
select Rename Data Item.
(2) Enter Average Discount in the New Name field.
(3) Click OK.
(4) Click in the Value field for the Aggregation property.
(5) Select Average.
c) Rename Quantity Ordered to Quantity.
(1) Right-click Quantity Ordered on the Data tab and select Rename Data Item.
(2) Enter Quantity in the New Name field.
(3) Click OK.
4) Select the data items that will be displayed on the Data tab.

a) Click (Options) on the Data tab.

b) Select Show or Hide Items.


c) Clear the Select all check box.
d) Select the check boxes for the following data items:
 Month Name
 Order Type
 Product Category
 Product Group
 Product Line
 Product Name
 Quarter
 Supplier Country
 Average Discount
 Frequency
 Frequency Percent
 Profit
 Quantity
 Year

e) Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-156 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The Data tab should resemble the following:

5) Add a pie chart to the canvas.


a) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b) Drag the Pie Chart graph object from the Objects tab to the canvas.
c) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
d) Select Product Category for the Category role.
e) Right-click Frequency in the Measures role and select Replace Frequency  Profit.
f) Right-click Product Category in the pie chart legend and select Sort  Ascending.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-157

The pie chart should resemble the following:

d. Save the report as Product Report 1 in the Shared Data folder.


1) Select File  Save As.
2) If necessary, select the Shared Data folder.
3) Enter Product Report 1 in the Name field.
4) Click Save.

e. Click Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
2. Modifying an Existing Report
a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.
b. Open an existing report and save a copy.
1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.
3) Select Product Report 1.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-158 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

4) Click Open.
5) Select File  Save As.
6) Select the Shared Data folder.
7) Enter Product Report 2 in the Name field.
8) Click Save.

c. Create new data items.


1) Click the Data tab in the Left pane.
2) Right-click Supplier Country in the Data pane and select Geography  Country or Region
Names.

3) Duplicate the Average Discount data item.


a) Right-click Average Discount on the Data tab and select Duplicate Data Item.
b) Right-click Average Discount (1) on the Data tab and select Rename Data Item.
(1) Enter Minimum Discount in the New Name field.
(2) Click OK.
c) Click in the Value cell for the Aggregation property.
d) Select Minimum.
4) Duplicate the Average Discount data item again.
a) Right-click Average Discount on the Data tab and select Duplicate Data Item.
b) Right-click Average Discount (1) on the Data tab and select Rename Data Item.
(1) Enter Maximum Discount in the New Name field.
(2) Click OK.

c) Click in the Value cell for the Aggregation property.


d) Select Maximum.
5) Create a new hierarchy.

a) Click (Options) at the top of the Data pane.

b) Select New Hierarchy.


c) Enter Product Hierarchy in the Name field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-159

d) Double-click the following categories, in order, to add them to the hierarchy:


 Product Line
 Product Category
 Product Group
 Product Name

e) Click OK.
6) Create a custom sort for the Order Type data item.
a) Right-click Order Type on the Data tab and select New Custom Sort.
b) Double-click the following data items, in order, to add them to the Sorted Items list:
 Internet Sale
 Retail Sale
 Catalog Sale

c) Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-160 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

7) Create a custom sort for the Product Line data item.


a) Right-click Product Line on the Data tab and select New Custom Sort.
b) Double-click Sports in the Category Data list to add it to the Sorted Items list.

c) Click OK.
d. Add Quantity as an additional measure to the pie chart.
1) Click the pie chart to select it.
2) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.

3) Click (Edit selection) next to the Measures role and select Add  Quantity.
e. Modify the properties and styles of the pie chart.
1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Profit and Quantity by Product Category in the Name field.
3) Select the Show values as a percentage of total check box.
4) Select Multiples as the value for the Grouping style field.
5) Enter 5 in the Minimum percentage for “Other” field.
6) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
7) Select Crisp in the Data skin field.

8) Click to expand the Text Styling section.

9) Click to apply bold to the Value category.

10) Click to expand the Data Colors section.


11) Click the red box and change the color to a light purple.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-161

The updated pie chart should resemble the following:

f. Add a line chart to the canvas.


1) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
2) Drag the Line Chart graph object from the Objects tab to the drop zone at the bottom
of the canvas.
3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
4) Select Quarter for the Category role.
5) Right-click Frequency in the Measures role and select Replace Frequency  Profit.
6) Select Product Line for the Group role.
g. Modify the properties and styles of the line chart.
1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Profit by Quarter and Product Line in the Name field.
3) Select Stack Filled in the Grouping style field.
4) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
5) Select Crisp in the Data skin field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-162 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The updated line chart should resemble the following:

 Sports appears first in the Product Line list due to the custom sort.

h. Click File  Save to save the updated report using the same name.
i. Click Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
3. Working with a Bubble Plot
a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric .
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.

b. Open an existing report and save a copy.


1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.
3) Select Product Report 2.

4) Click Open.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-163

5) Select File  Save As.


6) Select the Shared Data folder.
7) Enter Product Report 3 in the Name field.
8) Click Save.
c. Add a bubble plot to the bottom of the report.
1) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
2) Drag the Bubble Plot object from the Objects tab to the drop zone at the bottom of the canvas.
3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
4) Select Product Hierarchy for the Group role.
5) Select Profit for the X axis role.
6) Select Quantity for the Y axis role.

 Frequency is automatically applied to the Size role.

7) Select Month Name for the Animation role.


d. Modify the properties and styles for the bubble plot.
1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Profit and Quantity by Product Hierarchy in the Name field.
3) Click the radio button in the middle on the right side to set the legend placement.

4) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.


5) Select Pressed in the Data skin field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-164 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The updated bubble plot should resemble the following:

6) Use the hierarchy to drill through the data.


a) Double-click the bubble for Clothes & Shoes.
b) Double-click the bubble for Shoes.
c) Double-click the bubble for Eclipse Shoes.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-165

The bubble plot should resemble the following:

d) Click Play in the bubble plot to show that the values change from month to month.
e) Click All Product Hierarchy to return to the top of the hierarchy.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-166 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

e. Resize the report objects by dragging the handles between them.

f. Click File  Save to save the updated report using the same name.
g. Click Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
4. Working with a Dual Axis Graph
a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.

b. Open an existing report and save a copy.


1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.
3) Select Product Report 3.
4) Click Open.
5) Select File  Save As.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-167

6) Select the Shared Data folder.


7) Enter Product Report 4 in the Name field.
8) Click Save.
c. Add a dual axis bar-line chart below the bubble plot.
1) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
2) Drag the Dual Axis Bar-Line Chart object from the Objects tab to the drop zone at the
bottom of the report.

3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


4) Select Product Line for the Category role.
5) Select Profit for the Measure (bar) role.
6) Select Quantity for the Measure (line) role.
7) Select Month Name for the Animation role.
d. Specify the properties and styles for the dual axis bar-line chart.
1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Monthly Profit and Quantity by Product Line in the Name field.
3) In the Line section, select the Show markers check box.
4) In the Reference Lines section, click Create new reference line.
a) Enter 1 million in the Label field.
b) Verify that Left Y Axis is selected as the value for the Axis field.
c) Enter 1,000,000 as the value.
d) Click the color selector and choose a medium blue color.

e) Click the arrow and select the second choice for the line style.
f) Enter 3 as the value for the width.

g) Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-168 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

5) Click Create new reference line.


a) Enter 2 million in the Label field.
b) Verify that Left Y Axis is selected as the value for the Axis field.
c) Enter 2,000,000 as the value.
d) Click the color selector and choose the same medium blue color as the other reference
line.

e) Click the arrow and select the second choice for the line style.
f) Enter 3 as the value for the width.

g) Click OK.
6) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
7) Select Matte in the Data skin field.
8) Select 6 as the value for the Line thickness field.
9) Select 12 as the value for the Marker size field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-169

e. Move and resize the report objects to resemble the following:

f. Select File  Save to save the updated report using the same name.
g. Click Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
5. Adding Sections to a Report
a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.

b. Open an existing report and save a copy.


1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.
3) Select Product Report 4.
4) Click Open.

5) Select File  Save As.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-170 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

6) Select the Shared Data folder.


7) Enter Product Report 5 in the Name field.
8) Click Save.
c. Add a new section to the report.
1) Select Insert  New Section or click (Add new section) next to the Section 1 tab.

2) Right-click the Section 2 tab and select Rename.


3) Enter Profit and Quantity Analysis and press Enter.
4) Right-click the Section 1 tab and select Rename.
5) Enter Profit Analysis by Product Line and press Enter.
d. Move the Profit and Quantity by Product Category pie chart to the Profit and Quantity Analysis
section.
1) Click the Profit Analysis by Product Line tab to make it the active section.
2) Right-click the pie chart and select Move Profit and Quantity by Product Category to 
Profit and Quantity Analysis.

e. Modify the line chart (Profit by Quarter and Product Line).


1) Click the Profit Analysis by Product Line tab to make it the active section.
2) Click the Profit by Quarter and Product Line line chart to make it the selected item.
3) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
4) Change the value of the Name field to Profit by Month and Product Line.
5) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
6) Right-click Quarter in the Category role and select Replace Quarter  Month Name.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-171

The updated line chart should resemble the following:

f. Add a report prompt that uses a slider control to select the year.
1) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
2) Drag the Slider control to the Drop controls here to create a report prompt area at the top
of the report canvas.

3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


4) Select Year for the Measure/Date role.
5) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
6) Enter Year Selector in the Name field.
7) Enter 2009 in the first text box.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-172 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

g. Rearrange the report objects to resemble the following:

h. Select File  Save to save the updated report using the same name.
i. Test the report prompt using SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.
1) Select File  View Report.
2) Click the left dot on the slider.
3) Enter 2010 in the tooltip and press Enter.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-173

The updated report should resemble the following:

j. Select Eric  Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.


6. Defining Interactions for a Report
a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.

b. Open an existing report and save a copy.


1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.
3) Select Product Report 5.
4) Click Open.
5) Select File  Save As.
6) Select the Shared Data folder.
7) Enter Product Report 6 in the Name field.

8) Click Save.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-174 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

c. Add a list control to the left side of the canvas for the Profit and Quantity Analysis section.
1) Click the Profit and Quantity Analysis tab to make it the active section.
2) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
3) Drag a List control object from the Objects tab to the left of the canvas.
4) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
5) Select Product Line for the Category role.
6) Right-click Frequency in the Frequency role and select Remove Frequency.
7) Click Yes to remove the data assignment.
8) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
9) Enter Product Line Selector in the Name field.
10) Enter Select one (or more) product lines: in the Title field.
d. Add another list control below the first list control.
1) Drag a List control object from the Objects tab to the drop zone below the first list control.
2) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
3) Select Order Type for the Category role.
4) Right-click Frequency in the Frequency role and select Remove Frequency.
5) Click Yes to remove the data assignment.

6) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.


7) Enter Order Type Selector in the Name field.
8) Enter Select one (or more) order types: in the Title field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-175

e. Resize the report objects in the Profit and Quantity Analysis section to resemble the following:

f. Add filter interactions to the Profit and Quantity Analysis section.


1) Click the Interactions tab in the Right pane.
2) Click Interactions View.
3) Click the Product Line Selector list control and drag the pencil icon to the Profit and
Quantity by Product Category pie chart.
4) Click the Order Type Selector list control and drag the pencil icon to the Profit and
Quantity by Product Category pie chart.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-176 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The Interactions View should resemble the following:

5) Click Close.
g. Add an external link from the Profit and Quantity by Product Category pie chart to the SAS Home
page (http://www.sas.com).
1) Click the Profit and Quantity Analysis tab to make it the active section.

2) Right-click the Profit and Quantity by Product Category pie chart and select Add Link 
External Link .
3) Enter SAS Home Page in the Label field.
4) Enter www.sas.com in the URL field and press Enter.

 The http:// portion of the link is provided.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-177

5) Click OK.
h. Select File  Save to save the updated report using the same name.
i. Test the interactions and link using the SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.
1) Select File  View Report.

2) Select (Section)  Profit and Quantity Analysis.

3) Select Sports and Children in the Product Line Selector list control.

4) Select Retail Sale in the Order Type Selector list control.


The updated report should resemble the following:

5) Double-click one of the pie charts to view the external link.

 The external link opens on a new browser tab by default.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-178 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

6) Click X on the browser tab to close the web page.


j. Select Eric  Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
7. Using Gauges and Display Rules in a Report
a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.

b. Create a new report.


1) Click Report Designer in the Application shortcut area.
2) Click the Data tab in the Left pane.

3) Click (Add data source) on the Data tab.

4) Select the ProductAnalysis table.


5) Click Add.
c. Add a gauge to the canvas and specify display rules for the gauge.
1) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
2) Drag the Gauge object from the Objects tab to the canvas.
3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
4) Select Product Category for the Group role.
5) Select Profit for the Measure role.
6) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.

7) Click (Auto populate intervals) to access the Populate Intervals window.

8) Verify that 3 is selected as the value for the Number of intervals field.
9) Enter 0 in the Lower bounds field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-179

10) Enter 23,000,000 in the Upper bounds field.

11) Click OK.


d. Modify properties and styles for the gauge.
1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Profit by Product Category in the Name field.

3) Clear the Show range labels check box.


4) Select Speedometer as the value for the Type field.
5) Click the Maximum visible rows check box.
6) Enter 2 in the Maximum visible rows field.
7) Click the Maximum visible columns check box.
8) Enter 6 in the Maximum visible columns field.
9) Enter 12 in the Maximum visuals field.
The Layout properties should resemble the following:

10) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.


11) Select Modern for the Data skin field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-180 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The updated gauge should resemble the following:

e. Add a second gauge to the bottom of the canvas and specify display rules for the second gauge.
1) Click the Objects tab.
2) Drag the Gauge object from the Objects tab to the bottom of the canvas.
3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
4) Select Product Line for the Group role.
5) Select Quantity Ordered for the Measure role.
6) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
7) Click (Auto populate intervals) to open the Populate Intervals window.

8) Enter 1 in the Number of intervals field.


9) Enter 100,000 in the Lower bounds field.
10) Enter 700,000 in the Upper bounds field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-181

11) Click OK.


12) Click the colored box and select a medium blue color.
f. Modify properties and styles for the second gauge.
1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Quantity by Product Line in the Name field.
3) Clear the Show range labels check box.
4) Select Slider as the value for the Type field.
5) Select Vertical as the value for the Direction field.
6) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
7) Select None as the value for the Data skin field.
The updated gauge should resemble the following:

g. Add a second section to the report.


1) Select Insert  New Section.
2) Right-click the Section 2 tab and select Rename.
3) Enter Detail as the name and press Enter.
4) Right-click the Section 1 tab and select Rename.
5) Enter Summary as the name and press Enter.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-182 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

h. Add a treemap to the Detail section.


1) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
2) Drag a Treemap object from the Objects tab to the report canvas.
3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
4) Select Product Group for the Tile role.
5) Right-click Frequency in the Size role and select Replace Frequency  Profit.
i. Add a display rule to the treemap.
1) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
2) Click New.
3) Select Expression as the type.
4) Verify that Profit is specified for the Column field.
5) Verify that > (greater than) is specified for the Operator field.
6) Enter 500,000 in the Value field.
7) Select a medium green color for the Style color selector.

8) Click the Alert Options tab.


9) Select Create an alert based on this rule.
10) Click OK.
j. Modify properties for the treemap.
1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Profit by Product Group in the Name field.
3) Clear the Show legend check box.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-183

The updated treemap should resemble the following

k. Create a section link from both gauges to the Detail section.


1) Click the Summary tab to make it active.
2) Right-click the Profit by Product Category gauge and select Add Link  Section Link.
3) Verify that Detail: Profit by Product Group is selected.

4) Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-184 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

5) Right-click the Quantity by Product Line gauge and select Add Link  Section Link.
6) Verify that Detail: Profit by Product Group is selected.

7) Click OK.
l. Save the report as Product Dashboard in the Shared Data folder.
1) Select File  Save As.
2) If necessary, select the Shared Data folder.
3) Enter Product Dashboard 1 in the Name field.
4) Click Save.
m. Test the section links using the SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.

1) Select File  View Report.


2) Click the speedometer gauge for Assorted Sports Articles.
A tooltip is displayed:

3) Select Links  Section Link to Detail.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-185

The Detail section should resemble the following:

4) Click (Product Dashboard 1 - Summary).

5) Click the slider gauge for Children.


6) Select Links  Section Link to Detail.
The Detail section should resemble the following:

7) Click (Product Dashboard 1 - Summary).

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-186 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

n. Select Eric  Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.


8. Using Table Objects in a Report
a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.

b. Open an existing report and save a copy.


1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.
3) Select Product Report 6.
4) Click Open.
5) Select File  Save As.
6) Select the Shared Data folder.
7) Enter Product Report 7 in the Name field.
8) Click Save.
c. Add a crosstab to the bottom of the Profit and Quantity Analysis section.
1) Click the Profit and Quantity Analysis tab to make the active section.
2) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
3) Drag the Crosstab object from the Objects tab to the bottom of the Profit and Quantity
Analysis section.
4) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
5) Select Order Type for the Columns role.
6) Select Product Line for the Rows role.

7) Click the Data tab in the Right pane.


8) Select the following data items, in order:
 Minimum Discount
 Average Discount
 Maximum Discount
9) Drag the selected items to the body of the crosstab.
d. Modify the properties for the crosstab.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-187

1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.


2) Enter Discount by Product Line and Order Type in the Name field.
e. Add a display rule to the crosstab.
1) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
2) Click New.
a) Select Maximum Discount for the Column field.
b) Verify that > (greater than) is selected for the Operator field.
c) Enter .55 in the Value field.
d) Click Specify Intersections.
(1) Select Product Line/Order Type as the level in which the display rule is displayed.
(2) Click OK.

e) Click (Select background color) and select an orange color.

f) Select Maximum Discount for the Applies to field.

g) Click the Alert Options tab.


h) Select the Create an alert based on this rule check box.
i) Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-188 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The Profit by Quantity Analysis section should resemble the following:

f. Add a brush interaction to the Profit and Quantity Analysis section.


1) Click the Interactions tab in the Right pane.
2) Click Interactions View.
3) Click the Profit and Quantity by Product Category pie chart and drag the pencil icon to the
Discount by Product Line and Order Type crosstab.
4) Right-click the filter interaction and select Interaction Type  Brush.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-189

The Interactions View should resemble the following:

5) Click Close to close the Interactions View.

g. Add a new info window to the report.


1) Select Insert  New Section.

2) Click on the Section 1 tab and select Display as Info Window.

3) Right-click the Info Window 1 section and select Rename.


4) Enter Supplier Detail as the info window name and press Enter.
h. Add a list table object to the info window.
1) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
2) Drag the List Table object from the Objects tab to the info window.
3) Click the Data tab in the Left pane.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-190 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

4) Hold down the Ctrl key and select the following data items, in order:
 Product Name
 Quantity
 Profit
5) Drag the selected items to the list table.
i. Modify the properties and styles for the list table.
1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Supplier Analysis in the Name field.
3) Select the Show totals check box.

4) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.


5) In the Tables section, click the Wrap text check box.
j. Add a display rule to the list table.
1) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
2) Click New.
a) Select Gauge as the type.
b) Verify that Icon is selected in the Gauge type field.
c) Select Quantity in the Based on column field.
d) Select Left of text in the Cell placement field.
e) Enter 0 as the value for the first field of the first interval.
f) Enter 500 as the value for the second field of the first interval.
g) Enter 1,000 as the value for the second field of the second interval.
h) Enter 5,000 as the value for the second field of the third interval.
i) Select Quantity in the Column field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-191

The display rule should resemble the following:

j) Click OK.
3) Resize the columns as needed.

k. Create a new character parameter.


1) Click the Data tab in the Left pane.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-192 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

2) Click (Options) on the Data tab and select New Parameter.

3) Enter Search Parameter in the Name field.


4) Select Character for the Type field.
5) Click OK.
l. Add a text input control to the top of the info window above the line chart.
1) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
2) Drag the Text Input control to the top of the info window.
3) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
4) Select Search Parameter for the Parameter role.
5) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
6) Enter Search in the Name field.
7) Enter Enter a value to search by product: in the Title field.
The updated text input control should resemble the following:

m. Use the parameter to search the list table by product.


1) Click the list table object to make it active.
2) Click the Filters tab in the Right pane.

 You might need to display the Filters tab in the Right pane to select it.

3) Click Add Filter.


4) Expand Character in the Data Items list.
5) Select Product Name.
6) Double-click Product Name Contains ‘x’ in the Column Templates area to add it to as a
condition.

7) Expand Parameter in the Data Items list.


8) Double-click Search Parameter to add it to the condition.

9) Click OK to add the filter.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-193

n. Add an info window link from the Profit and Quantity by Product Category pie chart in the Profit
and Quantity Analysis section.
1) Click the Profit and Quantity Analysis tab to make it the active section.
2) Right-click the Profit and Quantity by Product Category pie chart and select Add Link 
Info Window Link .
3) Verify that Section Detail: Product Analysis is selected.

4) Click OK to close the Create Info Window Link window.


o. Select File  Save to save the updated report using the same name.
p. Test the interactions, links, and parameters using SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.
1) Select File  View Report.

2) Select (Section)  Profit and Quantity Analysis.

3) Click the slice for Clothes in the Profit pie chart.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-194 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The updated report should resemble the following:

4) Select Links  Section Link to Section Detail.


The info window should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-195

5) Enter Bikini in the Search Parameter field and press Enter.


The updated info window should resemble the following:

6) Click Close.
q. Select Eric  Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
9. Adding an Image and Other Objects to a Report
a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.

b. Open an existing report and save a copy.


1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) Select the Shared Data folder.
3) Select Product Report 7.
4) Click Open.
5) Select File  Save As.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-196 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

6) Select the Shared Data folder.


7) Enter Product Report 8 in the Name field.
8) Click Save.
c. Add an image report object to the top of the Profit Analysis by Product Line section.
1) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
2) Drag the Image object from the Objects tab to the top of the Profit Analysis by Product Line
section.

3) Select the Load from local machine radio button.


4) Click Browse next to the Load from local machine field.
5) Navigate to D:\CourseData.
6) Select OrionBanner.gif and click Open.
7) Click Browse next to the Save the local image to the repository field.
8) Select Shared Data.
9) Click Save.
10) Select Fit All in the Scale type field.
11) Click OK.
12) Adjust the height of the image object to remove empty space.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-197

The updated report should resemble the following:

d. Add a new section to the report.


1) Select Insert  New Section.
2) Right-click the Section 1 tab and select Rename.
3) Enter Product and Supplier Analysis as the name and press Enter.
e. Add a stack container object to the Product and Supplier Analysis section.
1) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
2) Drag a Stack Container object from the Objects tab to the new section.
3) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
4) Enter Word Clouds in the Name field.
f. Add a word cloud to the stack container.
1) Drag a Word Cloud object from the Objects tab to the stack container.
2) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.

3) Select Order Type for the Word role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-198 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

4) Right-click Frequency in the Size role and select Replace Frequency  Quantity.
5) Select Profit for the Color role.
g. Modify the properties and styles of the word cloud.
1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Order Type in the Name field.
3) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
4) Expand the Data Colors section.
5) For the Gradient, select a red for the first color.
6) Select a yellow for the second color.
7) Select a green for the third color.
The updated word cloud should resemble the following:

h. Duplicate the word cloud and modify the roles and properties of the second word cloud.
1) Right-click the Order Type word cloud and select Duplicate Order Type.
2) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
3) Right-click Order Type in the Word role and select Replace Order Type  Product
Category.

4) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.


5) Enter Product Category in the Name field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-199

The updated word cloud should resemble the following:

i. Duplicate the word cloud and modify the roles and properties of the third word cloud.
1) Right-click the Product Category word cloud and select Duplicate Product Category.
2) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.
3) Right-click Product Category in the Word role and select Replace Product Category 
Supplier Country.
4) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
5) Enter Supplier Country in the Name field.
The updated word cloud should resemble the following:

j. Add a geo bubble map to the bottom of the Product and Supplier Analysis section.
1) Drag a Geo Bubble Map from the Objects tab in the Left pane to the bottom of the Product
and Supplier Analysis section.
2) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.

3) Select Supplier Country for the Geography role.


4) Right-click Frequency for the Size role and select Replace Frequency  Quantity.
5) Select Profit for the Color role.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-200 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

k. Modify the properties and styles for the geo bubble map.
1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
2) Enter Supplier Analysis in the Name field.
3) Clear the Show map navigation control check box.
4) Clear the Show legend check box.
5) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
6) Expand the Data Colors section.
7) For the Gradient, select a red for the first color.
8) Select a yellow for the second color.
9) Select a green for the third color.
The updated geo bubble map should resemble the following:

l. Select File  Save to save the updated report using the same name.
m. Click Sign Out to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-201

Solutions to Student Activities (Polls/Quizzes)

4.01 Multiple Choice Poll – Correct Answer


Which of the following is true about the Objects tab?
a. It enables you to create new data items.
b. It enables you to import objects to the report.
c. It enables you to add tables and graphs to the report.

16

4.02 Multiple Answer Poll – Correct Answers


Which of the following are true about the Right pane tabs?
a. You can choose which tabs to display.
b. The tabs enable you to import objects.
c. The tabs enable you to select the data source
for the report.
d. You can display the tab name or show the icons.

21

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-202 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

4.03 Multiple Choice Poll – Correct Answer


The Properties tab enables you to manage the layout of
each section. Which of the following is the default layout
type?
a. tile
b. precision

25

4.04 Poll – Correct Answer


You can define both object-level and report-level display
rules.
 True
 False

31

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-203

4.05 Quiz – Correct Answer


What is the difference between the icon
and the icon?

The icon indicates that the data item


is a calculated value.

The icon indicates that the data item


is a measure.

52

4.06 Multiple Choice Poll – Correct Answer


Which property enables you to specify font-formatting
attributes?
a. name
b. title
c. description

56

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-204 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

4.07 Multiple Answer Poll – Correct Answers


Which of the control objects can be used for section
and report prompts?
a. button bar
b. drop-down list
c. list
d. text input
e. range slider

82

4.08 Multiple Choice Poll – Correct Answer


When you establish interactions between report objects,
which of the following is the default interaction type?
a. brush
b. filter

95

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4.9 Solutions 4-205

4.09 Multiple Answer Poll – Correct Answers


Which of the following statements about SAS Stored
Processes are true?
a. A SAS Stored Process consists of both SAS program
code and SAS metadata.
b. A SAS Stored Process can be run only by the person
who created it.
c. A SAS Stored Process is always static and creates
the same results for every user every time it runs.
d. All SAS Stored Processes can be accessed by
everyone regardless of their security settings.
e. There are different types of SAS applications
that can run stored processes.

137

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
4-206 Chapter 4 Designing Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Chapter 5 Viewing SAS® Visual
Analytics Reports

5.1 Viewing Reports on the Web ..................................................................................... 5-3


Demonstration: Viewing a Report .............................................................................. 5-7
Exercises............................................................................................................. 5-13

5.2 Viewing Reports on a Mobile Device ...................................................................... 5-14

5.3 Viewing Reports with SAS Office Analytics............................................................ 5-18


Demonstration: Viewing Reports ............................................................................. 5-24

Exercises............................................................................................................. 5-27

5.4 Solutions ................................................................................................................. 5-28


Solutions to Exercises ........................................................................................... 5-28
Solutions to Student Activities (Polls/Quizzes) ........................................................... 5-36
5-2 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.1 View ing Reports on the Web 5-3

5.1 Viewing Reports on the Web

Objectives
 List the functionality provided by SAS Visual Analytics
Viewer.
 Describe the types of information and the functionality
provided by the Right pane.
 List the options that are available when you search
for reports.

SAS Visual Analytics Architecture (Review)


SAS Visual Analytics consists of several parts.

Home Page Explorer Designer

Web Viewer Data Builder Administrator

Mobile BI Graph Builder LASR Analytic Server


4

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-4 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

Viewing SAS Visual Analytics Reports


You can view reports created in SAS Visual Analytics
using the following applications:
 SAS Visual Analytics Viewer
 SAS Mobile BI app
 SAS Add-In for Microsoft Office*
 SAS Enterprise Guide*
 SAS Web Parts for Microsoft SharePoint*

* These applications require additional licenses software from SAS.

 SAS Visual Analytics system administrators can configure support for guest access. Users with
guest access are not required to sign in and can access only the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page
and SAS Visual Analytics Viewer. Guest access uses a shared account, so it does not provide
individualized features such as history, favorites, settings and preferences, or alerts.

SAS Visual Analytics Web Viewer


SAS Visual Analytics Viewer enables users to view and
interact with report content in a web browser.

6 ...

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.1 View ing Reports on the Web 5-5

SAS Visual Analytics Web Viewer


Selecting the icon at the top of the window expands the
Right pane, which provides additional functionality.

Information

Comments
Alerts

Right Pane
The Information section provides information
about the report or the selected item.

The Comments section


enables you to view and
manage comments for
the report.

The Alerts section enables you to


view the alert conditions that were
8 defined by the report author.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-6 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

Banner
The icons on the banner provide additional functionality
when you view a report.
Show Right Pane

Hide prompt bar Options

Sections

 Only users who can access the Designer will see the Edit Report action from the Options menu.

5.01 Poll
All users will have the ability to edit a report from the SAS
Visual Analytics Web Viewer.
 True
 False

10

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.1 View ing Reports on the Web 5-7

Viewing a Report

This demonstration illustrates opening and interacting with reports in SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.
1. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar or from
the link on the page.

2. Enter Rob in the User ID field.


3. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4. Click Sign In.
The Home Page is displayed.
5. Click Browse in the Action button area.
6. If necessary, select the Shared Data folder.
7. Double-click the Profit Report 2 report to open it in SAS Visual Analytics Viewer.

 This report was built in the previous chapter. If you did not follow along with the previous
demonstration, this report will not be available to you.
The Viewer opens and the report is displayed.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-8 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

8. Interact with the report and the report objects.


a. Click the button for Southern to filter the entire report for the Southern hemisphere.

b. Enter 8 in the Enter the number of months to view (1-12) and press Enter to update the bar
chart.

c. Select (Section)  Customer Demographics to display that section.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.1 View ing Reports on the Web 5-9

d. Click the tile for Orion Club Gold members and click DRILL.

e. Click Customer Gender.

The treemap is updated to show profit, cost, and quantity by gender for Orion Club Gold
members.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-10 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

f. Click the tile for Female and click DRILL.


g. Click Customer Age Group.
The treemap is updated to show profit, cost, and quantity by age group for female Orion Club
Gold members.

h. Click the tile for 46–60 years and click LINKS.

i. Click Section Link to Profit Detail.

The Profit Detail info window is displayed and shows profit information for female Orion Club
Gold members between the ages of 46 and 60 years old.

j. Click Close.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.1 View ing Reports on the Web 5-11

k. Click the tile for 15-30 years and click LINKS.


l. Click Section Link to Profit Detail.
The Profit Detail info window is displayed and shows profit information for female Orion Club
Gold members between the ages of 15 and 30 years old.

m. Click Close.
9. Add a comment to the report.
a. Click (Show) to show the Right pane.

b. Expand the Comments section in the Right pane.


c. Click in the left side of the section prompt area to ensure that no report objects are selected.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-12 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

The Comments section should list Profit Report 2, which indicates that no report objects are
selected.

d. Click in the Enter a topic name field.


e. Enter Promotion for Seniors.
f. Click in the Enter a comment field.
g. Enter the following comment:
Profits are down for our customers between 61–75 years old. Let’s run a promotion
next month and see whether we can increase profits.

h. Click Post.

10. Select Rob  Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.1 View ing Reports on the Web 5-13

Exercises

1. Interacting with a SAS Visual Analytics Report


a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Rob.
b. View and interact with the Product Report 7 report.

 Product Report 7 was created in an exercise in the previous chapter.


 Open Product Report 7 in the Viewer.
 Animate the bar-line chart.
 Display the Profit and Quantity Analysis section and view information about the display rules
for the crosstab.
 Subscribe to the alert on the crosstab.
 View the profit and quantity analysis information for the Sports product line for Retail Sales
from 2007 to 2011.
 Click a slice for Assorted Sports Articles in a pie chart to view the Section Detail info
window.
 Search for products that contain the word Ball. Close the info window.

c. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-14 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

5.2 Viewing Reports on a Mobile Device

Objectives
 Explain the purpose of the SAS Mobile BI app.
 Access reports using the SAS Mobile BI app.
 View the similarities and differences between SAS
Visual Analytics Viewer and the SAS Mobile BI app.

15

SAS Visual Analytics Architecture (Review)


SAS Visual Analytics consists of several parts.

Home Page Explorer Designer

Web Viewer Data Builder Administrator

Mobile BI Graph Builder LASR Analytic Server


16

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.2 View ing Reports on a Mobile Device 5-15

SAS Mobile BI
SAS Mobile BI app enables users to view and interact
with SAS Visual Analytics reports on Apple iPads and
iPhones, Android tablets, and smartphones.

17

SAS Mobile BI App Updates


As with most mobile apps, the SAS Mobile BI app is
updated regularly.

The information in this section of the course might


be slightly different as new features and functionality
are added to the app.

Use the Help facility that is built into the SAS Mobile BI
app for the most current information.

18

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-16 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

Two Basic Interfaces


Mobile BI consists of two interfaces.
Portfolio Library

19

Connecting to a Server
Tap Settings at the bottom of the screen, and then tap
Add Connection to define a new server connection.

After the connection is defined, you can


navigate through the SAS Folders tree
to locate the reports to which you want
to subscribe.
20

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.2 View ing Reports on a Mobile Device 5-17

Accessing Help
To access Help from the Portfolio interface, tap the question
mark icon in the upper right corner.

In the Help
window, you
can select any
of the items by
tapping them.

21

What’s New in SAS Mobile BI


The What’s New in SAS Mobile BI Help topic is a good
way to become familiar with the current application
features and functionality.

22

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-18 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

Visual Analytics Viewer versus Mobile BI App


Reports created with Visual Analytics Designer have a
similar look in both the Visual Analytics Viewer and the
Mobile BI app.

Visual Analytics Viewer Mobile BI App

23

5.3 Viewing Reports with SAS Office


Analytics

Objectives
 Describe SAS Office Analytics.
 List how SAS Visual Analytics reports can be viewed
in Microsoft Office applications.
 List how SAS Visual Analytics reports can be viewed
in SAS Enterprise Guide.
 Describe the functionality provided by SAS Web Parts
for Microsoft SharePoint.

26
26

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.3 View ing Reports w ith SAS Office Analytics 5-19

What Is SAS Office Analytics?


SAS Office Analytics provides transparent access
to the power of SAS for data access, reporting,
and analytics.
SAS Office Analytics consists of three components
for viewing and interacting with content such as
SAS Visual Analytics reports:
 SAS Add-In for Microsoft Office
 SAS Enterprise Guide
 SAS Web Parts for Microsoft SharePoint

SAS Office Analytics is a separate product. Many organizations


license both SAS Visual Analytics and SAS Office Analytics.

27

SAS Add-In for Microsoft Office


The SAS Add-In for Microsoft Office provides access to
SAS functionality in several Office products.

The SAS add-in enables you to view and interact with


SAS tables, SAS reports, and SAS Stored Processes.

You can also use SAS


tasks and wizards to
SAS Add-In
analyze data sources for Microsoft
Office
and create reports.

28

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-20 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

5.02 Multiple Choice Poll


Have you ever worked with the SAS Add-In for Microsoft
Office?
a. No, this course is the first time.
b. Yes, I have explored it a little.
c. Yes, I use it all the time.

29

Viewing Visual Analytics Reports Using the


Add-In for Microsoft Office
The SAS add-in enables you to embed Visual Analytics
reports in Excel, PowerPoint, and Word. The Report
Controls window enables you to interact with the report and
choose
which parts
to insert into
the Office
application.

30
30 continued...

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.3 View ing Reports w ith SAS Office Analytics 5-21

Viewing Visual Analytics Reports Using the


Add-In for Microsoft Office
The SAS add-in also enables you to view and interact
with Visual Analytics reports in Outlook.

31
31

SAS Enterprise Guide


Enterprise Guide provides an intuitive, visual interface to
the power of SAS. Enterprise Guide provides the following
functionality:
 transparent access to SAS and other types of data
 interactive tasks and wizards for reporting
and analysis
 the ability to export
results to other
applications and
to the web
 the ability to create SAS
stored processes Enterprise
Guide

32

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-22 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

5.03 Multiple Choice Poll


Have you ever worked with SAS Enterprise Guide?
a. No, this course is the first time.
b. Yes, I have explored it a little.
c. Yes, I use it all the time.

33

Viewing Visual Analytics Reports Using


Enterprise Guide
Enterprise Guide enables you to view Visual Analytics
reports as part of a project.

34
34

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.3 View ing Reports w ith SAS Office Analytics 5-23

SAS Web Parts for Microsoft SharePoint


SAS Web Parts for Microsoft SharePoint enable customers
to bring the power of SAS Office Analytics content to
SharePoint. These web parts enable SharePoint users to
view and interact with SAS content embedded in standard
SharePoint pages.

The SAS Central Web


Part is one of the web
parts provided by SAS
Web Parts for Microsoft
SharePoint and is the one
used to interact with SAS
Visual Analytics reports. SAS Web
Parts for
Microsoft
SharePoint

35

Viewing SAS Visual Analytics Reports Using


the SAS Central Web Part
The SAS Central Web Part enables you to access Visual
Analytics reports.
The web part
provides an
interface that
is similar to
the My Content
section of the Click to display the
SAS Visual object inspector.
Analytics Home Double-click to
Page. open the report
in the Viewer.

36
36

For more information, view SAS® Web Parts 6.1 for Microsoft SharePoint: User’s Guide.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-24 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

Viewing Reports

This demonstration illustrates using SAS Office Analytics to open and interact with reports.
1. View a SAS Visual Analytics report in Microsoft Excel.
a. Select Start  All Programs  Microsoft Office 2013  Excel 2013.
b. Click Blank workbook.
c. Click the SAS tab on the ribbon.
d. Click Reports.
e. Navigate to SAS Folders  Shared Data.

 The bottom of the Reports window displays the connection information. By default, the
SAS add-in remembers your credentials between sessions. Rob’s credentials are stored on
the classroom machine. The reports listed here might be different from the reports
displayed on the classroom image.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.3 View ing Reports w ith SAS Office Analytics 5-25

f. Double-click Profit Report 2.

 This report was built in the previous chapter. If you did not follow along with the
previous demonstration, this report will not be available to you.

The report appears in a Report Controls window.

g. Click Insert Report.


h. Select the Place sections on separate worksheets check box.

i. Click OK.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-26 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

The report is added to the workbook. A separate worksheet is used for each section. The Report
Controls window floats on top of the active worksheet.

j. Use the Report Controls window to expand the treemap to view male Orion Club Gold members.
1) Click the Customer Demographics tab.
2) Double-click the tile for Orion Club Gold members.
3) Double-click the tile for Male.
The report object in the worksheet is updated to reflect the same drill level as the Report
Controls window.

k. Close the Report Controls window.

l. Close Excel.
m. Click Don’t Save when you are prompted to save the changes.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.3 View ing Reports w ith SAS Office Analytics 5-27

Exercises

2. Viewing the Product Report 7 Report in SAS Enterprise Guide


a. Open Enterprise Guide and create a new project.
b. Use the File menu to open Product Report 7 from the Shared Data folder in SAS Folders tree.
Hint: Select File  Open  Report.
c. Interact with the report.
 Display the Profit and Quantity Analysis section and view information about the display rules
for the crosstab.
 View the profit and quantity analysis information for the Sports product line for Retail Sales
from 2007 to 2011.
 Right-click a slice for Assorted Sports Articles in a pie chart and select Section link to
Section Detail to view the Section Detail info window.
 Search for products that contain the word Ball. Close the info window

d. Close Enterprise Guide and do not save the changes to the project.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-28 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

5.4 Solutions
Solutions to Exercises
1. Interacting with a SAS Visual Analytics Report
a. Sign in to the SAS Visual Analytics Home Page as Rob.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.

2) Enter Rob in the User ID field.


3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign In.
b. View and interact with the Product Report 7 report.
1) Open Product Report 7 in the Viewer.
a) Click Browse in the Action button area.
b) If necessary, select the Shared Data folder.
c) Double-click the Product Report 7 report.
SAS Visual Analytics Viewer opens and the report is displayed.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.4 Solutions 5-29

2) Animate the bar-line chart.

a) Click in the bar-line chart.

 The animation will continuously play until you click .

3) Display the Profit and Quantity Analysis section and view information about the display
rules for the crosstab.

a) Select (Section)  Profit and Quantity Analysis.

b) Click (Show) to show the Right pane.

c) Click the crosstab to select it.


The Right pane displays the name of the crosstab report object, along with information
about display rules and incoming filters.

4) Subscribe to the alert on the crosstab.


a) Expand the Alerts section in the Right pane.

b) Click to subscribe to the alert.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-30 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

The Alerts section should resemble the following:

5) View the profit and quantity analysis information for the Sports product line for Retail Sales
from 2007 to 2011.
a) Change the position of the left slider to 2007.

b) Click the Sports check box in the Select one (or more) product lines list control.
c) Click the Retail Sale check box in the Select one (or more) order types list control.
The updated section should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.4 Solutions 5-31

6) Click a slice for Assorted Sports Articles in a pie chart to view the Section Detail info
window.
a) Click a slice for Assorted Sports Articles in either pie chart.
b) Select LINKS  Section Link to Section Detail.
The Section Detail info window is displayed.

7) Search for products that contain the word Ball. Close the info window.
a) Enter Ball in the Search Parameter field and press Enter.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-32 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

The list table is updated to display products that contain the word Ball.

b) Click Close to close the info window.


c. Select Rob  Sign Out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
2. Viewing the Product Report 7 Report in SAS Enterprise Guide
a. Open Enterprise Guide and display a new project.
1) Select Start  All Programs  SAS  SAS Enterprise Guide 7.1.
2) If necessary, click New Project.
b. Use the File menu to open Product Report 7 from the Shared Data folder in SAS Folders.
1) Select File  Open  Report.

2) Navigate to SAS Folders  Shared Data.


3) Double-click Product Report 7.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.4 Solutions 5-33

The report opens in the workspace.

c. Interact with the report.


1) Display the Profit and Quantity Analysis section and view information about the display
rules for the crosstab.

a) Click the Profit and Quantity Analysis tab.


b) Click the crosstab to select it.
c) Expand the Right pane.
d) Click the Display Rules tab.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-34 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

2) View the profit and quantity analysis information for the Sports product line for Retail Sales
from 2007 to 2011.
a) Change the position of the left slider to 2007.

b) Click the Sports check box in the Select one (or more) product lines list control.
c) Click the Retail Sale check box in the Select one (or more) order types list control.
The updated section should resemble the following:

3) Right-click a slice for Assorted Sports Articles in a pie chart and select Section link to
Section Detail to view the Section Detail info window.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5.4 Solutions 5-35

The Section Detail info window is displayed.

4) Search for products that contain the word Ball. Close the info window.
a) Enter Ball in the Search Parameter field and press Enter.
The Section Detail info window is updated to show information about products that
contain the word Ball.

b) Close the Section Detail info window.


d. Close Enterprise Guide and do not save the changes to the project.
1) Select File  Exit to close Enterprise Guide.
2) Click No when you are prompted to save the changes.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
5-36 Chapter 5 View ing SAS® Visual Analytics Reports

Solutions to Student Activities (Polls/Quizzes)

5.01 Poll – Correct Answer


All users will have the ability to edit a report from the SAS
Visual Analytics Web Viewer.
 True
 False

11

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating
Analyses and Reports with SAS®
Visual Analytics

6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports with SAS Visual Analytics................. 6-3
Demonstration: Managing LASR Tables ................................................................... 6-17

Exercises............................................................................................................. 6-19

6.2 Solutions ................................................................................................................. 6-52


Solutions to Exercises ........................................................................................... 6-52

Solutions to Student Activities (Polls/Quizzes) ......................................................... 6-107


6-2 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-3

6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and


Reports with SAS Visual Analytics

Objectives
 Identify the differences between SAS Visual Analytics
Explorer and SAS Visual Analytics Designer.
 Apply the knowledge that you learned in the other
chapters to complete a case-study exercise.

2
2

Comparing Explorer and Designer


Although the Designer and the Explorer have similar
functionality, there are differences in how each application
is used and the type of output that is created.

Explorer Designer

Interactively explore Create reports that can


data using one or more be viewed on the web
visualizations. or a mobile device.
3

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-4 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

SAS Visual Analytics Designer


Reports created with the Designer can have multiple
sections that might include the following:
 multiple data sources and filters
 interactions and linking between different types of
report objects, sections, and reports

SAS Visual Analytics Designer


The report objects that do not have an equivalent
visualization include the following:

 containers  stored process


 controls  targeted bar chart
 dual axis charts and plots  text
 gauges  time series plot
 image  waterfall chart
 pie chart

Custom graphs created with SAS Visual Analytics Graph Builder can be used with the Designer
but not with the Explorer.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-5

SAS Visual Analytics Explorer


Visualizations created with the Explorer can incorporate
analytics such as the following:
 correlations and fit lines
 forecasts with scenario analysis and goal seeking
 text analytics

SAS Visual Analytics Explorer


The visualizations that do not have an equivalent report
object include the following:

 automatic chart  histogram


 box plot  network diagram
 correlation matrix  Sankey diagram
 decision tree  word cloud
 heat map with text analytics

The Designer includes a word cloud report object that enables you to use category values to define
the words. The word cloud visualization in the Explorer enables you to use category values and also
enables you to use text analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-6 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

6.01 Poll
All visualizations have a corresponding report object.
 True
 False

Case Study Scenario


You are an analyst at MegaCorp, a toy manufacturing
company. You were asked to explore the company data
source to answer several questions about the data.
During the case study, you create several explorations
and reports.

10

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-7

MegaCorp Data Source


The MEGACORP data source is a SAS data set that
needs to be loaded to the SAS LASR Analytic Server.
 MegaCorp has several manufacturing facilities across
the United States. Each facility has one or more
production units that produce the various products.
 In addition to information about the facilities, units,
and products, the data source includes expense,
revenue, and profit information.

11

MegaCorp Templates Exploration Template Report Template


An initial exploration and
report were created for you.
These objects, which serve
as templates, contain
a data source that has
hierarchies and special
data item properties.

A data source filter is used


to eliminate the rows of data
that have a missing value
for Product ID.

12
12

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-8 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

SAS Visual Analytics Explorer


You use SAS Visual Analytics Explorer to explore
the MEGACORP data source and create four different
explorations that are based on MegaCorp Exploration
Template:
 MegaCorp Exploration 1
 MegaCorp Exploration 2
 MegaCorp Exploration 3
 MegaCorp Exploration 4

13

MegaCorp Exploration 1
Create a geo map visualization to explore the total
capacity of each fabrication unit in a specific location.

A hierarchy is used to
create a navigational
path through the data
from region to state to
city.

14

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-9

MegaCorp Exploration 1
Create a bubble plot to explore the relationship between
Unit Yield and Unit Capacity by state.

Assign Date by Year to


the Animation role to
view the values as they
change over time.

15

MegaCorp Exploration 2
Analyze the correlation between Unit Age and Unit
Reliability.

16 continued...

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-10 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

MegaCorp Exploration 2
Analyze the correlation
between Unit Age
and Expenses.

Set the Bin count property


to control the grouping
of the results.

17 continued...

MegaCorp Exploration 2
Analyze the average unit reliability and the average unit
yield rate for each month during the years 2007 through
2011.

A local filter is
used to subset
the data for this
visualization to
display only the
specified years.

18

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-11

MegaCorp Exploration 3
Analyze the profitability of each facility based on
expenses, revenue, and profit.

Use a hierarchy to create


a navigational path
through the data from
region to state to city.

19 continued...

MegaCorp Exploration 3
Analyze the profitability of each product based on
expenses, revenue, and profit.

Use a hierarchy to create


a navigational path
through the data using
the four product levels:
 Product Brand

 Product Line

 Product
 Product Description

20 continued...

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-12 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

MegaCorp Exploration 3
Create a visualization
to geographically display
profit by the facility state.

Display the values. Use


the Regions map style.

21

MegaCorp Exploration 4
Analyze profit by year, grouped by product line.

22 continued...

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-13

MegaCorp Exploration 4
Analyze the relationship on unit production by product line
and region.

23

SAS Visual Analytics Designer


You use SAS Visual Analytics Designer to create three
different reports based on MegaCorp Report Template.
 MegaCorp Unit Report
 MegaCorp Product Report
 MegaCorp Profitability Report

24

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-14 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

MegaCorp Unit Report


Create a report with two sections. The Summary section
uses gauges to display several measures for all of the
production units in the selected state. The Info Window 1
section shows all of the measures by city and year, and is
linked from the Summary section.

25
continued...

MegaCorp Unit Report


Interactions are used to filter the gauges based
on the selected state and cities.

Each gauge is linked


to Info Window 1.

26

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-15

MegaCorp Product Report


Create a report with two sections. The Summary section
displays expenses by product. The Info Window 1 section
shows all measures and includes several display rules.

27
continued...

MegaCorp Product Report


Interactions are used to filter the data in the gauges using
the year selector and the treemap. Links from the gauges
to the info window are also defined.

28

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-16 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

MegaCorp Profitability Report


Create a report that shows profitability by city and year
for a specific region.

29
continued...

MegaCorp Profitability Report


Use brush interactions so that when a city is selected in
one of the report objects, that city becomes selected in
the other report objects as well.

30

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-17

Managing LASR Tables

This demonstration illustrates how to load and unload tables in the SAS LASR Analytic Server.
1. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics. Use Christine’s credentials.
a. From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
b. Enter Christine in the User ID field.
c. Enter Student1 in the Password field.
d. Click Sign in.
2. Access SAS Visual Analytics Administrator.
a. Select to display the side menu.

b. Select Administrator.

c. If necessary, click the LASR Tables tab to make it active.


d. If the tab is not displayed, select LASR  Manage Tables.
3. Unload CustomerOrders and ProductAnalysis from the SAS LASR Analytic Server.
a. Select the CustomerOrders check box.
b. Select the ProductAnalysis check box.
c. Click (Unload the selected table) on the toolbar.

A message appears in the bottom right corner of the window.

4. Load the MEGACORP table onto the SAS LASR Analytic Server.
a. In the navigation pane, expand the Shared Data folder.
b. Expand the Source Data folder.
c. Right-click the MEGACORP table.
d. Select Load a Table.
e. Enter Loaded by your name in the Description field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-18 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The Load a Table window should resemble the following:

f. Click OK.
A message window appears, and indicates that the table was loaded.

g. Click Close.
5. Click Sign out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-19

Exercises

1. Managing LASR Tables

 If you followed along with the demonstration, there is no need to complete this first step.
If you did not follow along with the demonstration, you must complete the steps below
to load data that is used for the case study.
a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics. Use Christine’s credentials.

b. Access SAS Visual Analytics Administrator.


c. Unload the CustomerOrders and ProductAnalysis tables from the SAS LASR Analytic Server.
Use the LASR Tables tab.
d. Load the MEGACORP table from Shared Data/Source Data into the SAS LASR Analytic
Server folder. Modify the description to Loaded by your name.

e. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.


2. Managing Content and Editing Settings
a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.

b. Clear the recent history in the Recent tile on the Home Page.
c. Set the default action to open the report in the Designer when you double-click the report
on the Home Page.
Hint: Select Eric  Settings in the top right corner of the Home Page.

3. Creating a New Exploration


a. Open MegaCorp Exploration Template by navigating to Shared Data  Case Study.

 When you are prompted, click Replace with  Select and select the MEGACORP table
that you loaded earlier. Select Open  OK.
b. Save the updated exploration.

Be sure to save a copy of the exploration template because you use it later in the case study.

c. Create a copy of the exploration named MegaCorp Exploration 1 by selecting File  Save As.
Save the new exploration in the Case Study folder.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-20 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

d. Create a visualization to analyze the capacity of each fabrication unit. Use a hierarchy to create
a navigational path through the data from region to state to city.

 Visualization type: automatic chart


 Data items: Facility Hierarchy, Unit Capacity
1) Specify the visualization properties.

Name Capacity by Facility

2) Use the hierarchy to navigate through the data and answer the following question:
Which facility in California has the lowest unit capacity?

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-21

e. Create a bubble plot visualization to analyze the total unit yield and unit capacity by state for all
of the years of production.

 Visualization type: bubble plot


 Data items: Unit Capacity, Unit Yield (actual), Unit Yield (rate), Facility State

1) Animate the chart using Date by Year.


Hint: Using the Roles tab, assign Date by Year to the Animation role.
2) Specify the visualization properties.

Name Unit Analysis by State and Year

3) Click Play to run the animation.


4) Answer the following question:
Which state has the largest unit yield (actual) and largest unit capacity of all time?

Hint: Click a bubble before clicking Play to see a trail that indicates the movement over time.
f. Save the exploration. Use the same name that was specified earlier (MegaCorp Exploration 1).
g. Open MegaCorp Exploration Template.
Hint: Recently used explorations can be accessed by selecting Recent on the File menu.
4. Exploring the MEGACORP Data Source and Saving a Second Exploration

a. Create a copy of the exploration named MegaCorp Exploration 2 by selecting File  Save As.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-22 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

b. Create a visualization to analyze the correlation between Unit Age and Unit Reliability.

 Visualization type: automatic chart


 Data items: Unit Age, Unit Reliability

c. Specify the visualization properties.

Name Correlation of Unit Age and Reliability


d. Add a linear fit line to the visualization.
e. Use the Analysis tab of the Details view to answer the following question:
What is the correlation value between Unit Reliability and Unit Age?

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-23

f. Create a second visualization to analyze the correlation between Unit Age and Expenses.

 Visualization type: automatic chart


 Data items: Unit Age, Expenses

1) Specify the visualization properties.

Name Correlation of Unit Age and Expenses


Bin count 10

2) Answer the following question:


Based on the analysis, are the majority of the units under or over five years?

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-24 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

g. Create a visualization to analyze the average unit yield rate and average unit reliability from
month to month from 2007 through 2011.

 Visualization type: automatic chart


 Data items: Date by Month, Unit Reliability, Unit Yield (rate)

1) Add a visualization filter to filter the data using the Date by Year data item. Include values
from only 2007 through 2011.

2) Specify the visualization properties.

Name Unit Yield 2007-2011

3) Answer the following questions:

Which period of time has the largest unit yield?

Which period of time has the smallest unit yield?

h. Save the data exploration as Mega Corp Exploration 2 in the Shared Data  Case Study folder
location.

i. Open MegaCorp Exploration Template.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-25

5. Exploring the MEGACORP Data Source and Saving a Third Exploration


a. Create a copy of the exploration named MegaCorp Exploration 3 by selecting File  Save As.
b. Create a visualization to analyze the profitability of each facility based on expenses, revenue,
and profit. Use a hierarchy to create a navigational path through the data from region to state
to city.

 Visualization type: automatic chart


 Data items: Facility Hierarchy, Expenses, Revenue, Profit
1) Specify the visualization properties:

Name Facility Profitability


2) Answer the following question:
Which facilities in California (CA) have expenses that are larger than revenue?

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-26 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

c. Create a visualization to analyze the profitability of each product based on expenses, revenue,
and profit. Use a hierarchy to create a navigational path through the data from Product Brand
to Product Description.

 Visualization type: automatic chart


 Data items: Product Hierarchy, Expenses, Revenue, Profit
1) Specify the visualization properties:

Name Product Profitability

2) Answer the following question:


Are there any toy product lines that have a negative profit?

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-27

d. Create a visualization to analyze Profit by Facility State.

 Visualization type: automatic chart


 Data items: Facility State, Profit

1) Specify the visualization properties.

Name Profit by State

Navigation control <hidden>

Map Style Regions

Hint: To set the map style to Regions, select Use Geo Map on the Roles tab in the right
pane.

2) Answer the following question:


Which state has the largest profit?

e. Save the data exploration as Mega Corp Exploration 3 in the Shared Data  Case Study folder
location.

f. Open MegaCorp Exploration Template.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-28 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

6. Exploring the MEGACORP Data Source and Saving a Fourth Data Exploration
a. Create a copy of the exploration named MegaCorp Exploration 4 by selecting File  Save As.
b. Create a visualization to analyze Profit by Year grouped by Product Line.

 Visualization type: line chart


 Data items: Date by Year, Profit
1) Assign the Product Line data item to the Group role.
2) Specify the visualization properties.

Name Product Profit Analysis

3) Answer the following question:


Which two products have the largest profit?

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-29

c. Create a visualization to analyze the relationship on unit production between Facility Region and
Product Line.

 Visualization type: Heat Map


 Data items: Product Line, Facility Region, Unit Yield (actual)
1) Specify the visualization properties.

Name Products by Region

Color gradient Red-Yellow-Green

2) Answer the following questions:


Which region produces the most action figures?

Which regions do not produce promotional items?

d. Save the data exploration as Mega Corp Exploration 4 in the Shared Data  Case Study folder
location.

e. Close the Explorer by clicking X on the application bar.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-30 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

7. Creating the MegaCorp Unit Report

a. Create a copy of MegaCorp Report Template.


1) Open MegaCorp Report Template from Shared Data  Case Study into the Designer.

 When you are prompted, click Change Data Source and select the MEGACORP
table that you loaded earlier.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-31

2) Save the updated report.

Be sure to save a copy of the report template in the case study because you use it later.
3) Create a copy of the report named MegaCorp Unit Report by selecting File  Save As.
Save the new report in the Case Study folder.
b. Specify data item properties and add report objects to the report canvas.
1) Change the name of Unit Yield (rate) to Yield and set the aggregation to Average.
2) Add a list table object with the following properties to the report canvas:

Property Value

Column Facility City


Unit
Year
Yield
Reliability

Sort order Facility City  Unit  Year (descending)

Name Unit Detail

Title Unit Detail

3) Create a new section and rename it Summary.


Move the Summary section to the first position.
Hint: Click the section tab and drag it to move it to a new location.
4) Display the Section 1 section as an info window.
Hint: Click the arrow on the section tab and select Display as Info Window.
Rename Info Window 1 as Detail.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-32 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

5) Click the Summary tab to make it the active section.


6) Add a drop-down list control with the following properties to the canvas:

Property Value

Category Facility State

Name State Selector

Title Select a state (required):

Required <enabled>

Roles Display frequency percent

 To display the frequency percent, you must remove frequency on the Roles tab first.

7) Add a list control with the following properties to the right side of the drop-down list control:

Property Value

Category Facility City

Name City Selector

Title Select a city:

Roles Display frequency percent

8) Add a gauge to the bottom of the report canvas.


Add a second gauge to the bottom of the report canvas.
Add a third gauge to the bottom of the report canvas.
9) Assign Unit as the Group category for all three gauges.
10) Assign Yield as the measure for the first gauge, Reliability as the measure for the second
gauge, and Age as the measure for the third gauge.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-33

11) Specify the following properties for the first gauge:

Property Value

Group Unit

Measure Yield

Display Rules .7 - .75 Red (default color)


.75 - .9 Yellow (default color)
.9 – 1 Green (default color)
 A warning message in the gauge object is expected.

Name Yield

Title Yield

Show range labels <cleared>

Type Dial

Maximum visuals 45

Data skin Charcoal

12) Specify the following properties for the second gauge:

Property Value

Group Unit

Measure Reliability

Display Rules .84 - .88 Red (default color)


.88 - .9 Yellow (default color)
.9 – 1 Green (default color)

Name Reliability

Title Reliability

Show range labels <cleared>

Type Dial

Maximum visuals 45

Data skin Charcoal

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-34 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

13) Specify the following properties for the third gauge:

Property Value

Group Unit

Measure Age

Display Rules Number of intervals: 1


Lower bounds: 0
Upper bounds: 4
Set the color to a medium blue.

Name Age

Title Age

Show range labels <cleared>

Type Thermometer

Maximum visuals 45

Data skin Charcoal

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-35

The Summary section should resemble the following:

 The gauge layout and orientation are determined based on the window size, width
of the Left and Right panes, and your computer resolution. Interactions are
established to limit the number of gauges that are displayed.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-36 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

14) Establish interactions and links as indicated below.

 State Selector filters City Selector.


 City Selector filters Yield.
 City Selector filters Reliability.
 City Selector filters Age.
 Yield links to Detail.
 Reliability links to Detail.
 Age links to Detail.
c. Test the interactions and links.
1) Select TX from the State Selector drop-down list.

2) Select the Dallas and Houston check boxes.


3) Double-click a gauge for the first unit, TOYGM0000007.
d. Save the report.
e. Open MegaCorp Report Template.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-37

Hint: Select File  Recent  MegaCorp Report Template.


8. Creating the MegaCorp Product Report

a. Create a copy of the current report.


1) Select File  Save As.
2) Save the report as MegaCorp Product Report and store it in the Case Study folder.
b. Add report objects to the report canvas.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-38 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

1) To the report canvas, add a list table object with the following properties:

Property Value

Column Product
Expenses
Revenue
Profit

Name Product Detail

Title Product Detail

Show totals <enabled>

Display Rules Expenses greater than revenue


(Expressions) font color=white, background color=red
applies to Expenses
Profit < 0
bold
font color=red
applies to Profit
Profit between 0 and 1,000,000
bold
font color=yellow
applies to Profit
Profit greater than 1,000,000
bold
font color=green
applies to Profit

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-39

2) Below the list table, add a text object with the following properties:

Property Value

Title Legend

Text Expenses more than Profit


Profit: <0 0-1,000,000 >1,000,000

Font style

 Set “Expenses more than Profit” to use


white text with a red background.
 Set <0 to use bold red text.
 Set 0-1,000,000 to use bold yellow text.
 Set >1,000,000 to use bold green text.

Hint: Select the desired text first


and then apply colors.
 Set the Name and Title fields to Legend
and apply bold to the title.

c. Add a new report section named Summary and make it the first section of the report.
d. Change Section 1 to be displayed as an info window.
e. Rename the info window as Detail.
f. Add objects to the Summary section.
1) Add a text object with the following property to the canvas:

Property Value

Text Use the check boxes below to select which year(s) of data to view.
If no check boxes are selected, all years are included in the report.

2) Add a second text object with the following property to the right of the first text object:

Property Value
Text Click a tile below to filter the expense gauges.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-40 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

3) Add a list control object with the following properties below the first text object:

Property Value

Category Year
Name Year Selector

Allow multiple selections <enabled>

Roles Display frequency percent

4) To the canvas, add a treemap below the second text object.

Property Value

Tile Product

Size Expenses

Name Total Expenses

Title Total Expenses

Show legend <disabled>

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-41

5) Add a horizontal container to the bottom of the report.

Property Value

Name Expense Detail

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-42 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

6) Resize the report objects to resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-43

7) Add four gauges to the report. Place each gauge inside the horizontal container and assign
properties.
 First gauge properties:

Property Value

Measure Expenses (capital)

Display Rules 5,000 – 37,500 light blue color


37,500 – 75,000 medium blue color
75,000 – 150,000 dark blue color

Name Capital

Title Capital

Width 30

Show range labels <cleared>

Type Dial

Data skin Satin


 Second gauge properties:

Property Value

Measure Expenses (material)

Display Rules 55,000 – 500,000 light blue color


500,000 – 1,000,000 medium blue color
1,000,000 – 2,000,000 dark blue color

Name Material

Title Material

Width 30

Show range labels <cleared>

Type Dial

Data skin Satin

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-44 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

 Third gauge properties:

Property Value
Measure Expenses (operational)
Display Rules 155,000 – 225,000 light blue color
225,000 – 450,000 medium blue color
450,000 – 900,000 dark blue color
Name Operational
Title Operational
Width 30

Show range labels <cleared>


Type Dial
Data skin Satin

 Fourth gauge properties:

Property Value
Measure Expenses (staffing)
Display Rules 421,000 – 600,000 light blue color
600,000 – 1,200,000 medium blue color
1,200,000 – 2,400,000 dark blue color
Name Staffing
Title Staffing
Width 30
Show range labels <cleared>
Type Dial
Data skin Satin

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-45

 The container should resemble the display below. The horizontal scroll bar is expected
and enables the content of the container to be wider than the container itself.

g. Establish interactions as indicated below.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-46 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

 Year selector filters Total Expenses.


 Total Expenses filters Capital.
 Total Expenses filters Material.
 Total Expenses filters Operational.
 Total Expenses filters Staffing.
 Capital links to Detail.
 Material links to Detail.
 Operational links to Detail.
 Staffing links to Detail.
h. Test the interactions and links.
1) Select the 2000 check box in the list control object.
2) Click the Board tile in the treemap.
3) Double-click a gauge to display the Detail section.
4) Return to the Summary section.
i. Save the report.

j. Open MegaCorp Report Template.


9. Creating the MegaCorp Profitability Report

a. Create a copy of the current report.


1) Select File  Save As.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-47

2) Save the report as MegaCorp Profitability Report and store it in the Case Study folder.
b. Add a report prompt.

Property Value

Control Button Bar

Category Facility Region

Name Region Selector

Required <enabled>

Roles Remove frequency

If necessary, click the button for East to select it.


c. Add report objects.
1) Add a text object with the following properties to the report canvas:

Property Value

Text INSTRUCTIONS: Click a region name above to filter the data.

2) Add a pie chart with the following properties to the report below the text object:

Property Value

Category Facility City


Measure Revenue

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-48 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Property Value

Name Revenue
Legend

Legend Box on the report canvas Right-click Facility City in the legend box on the
report canvas and select Sort  Ascending.

3) Add a second pie chart with the following properties to the report below the first pie chart:

Property Value

Category Facility City


Measure Expenses

Name Expenses
Legend

Legend Box on the report canvas Right-click Facility City in the legend box on the
report canvas and select Sort  Ascending.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-49

4) Add a time series plot with the following properties to the right side of the canvas:

Property Value

Time Axis Year

Measure Profit

Name Profit by Year

Grouping style Overlay Filled

5) Add a targeted bar chart with the following properties to the bottom of the report canvas:

Property Value
Category Facility City

Measure Unit Yield (actual)

Target Unit Yield (target)

Name Unit Yield

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-50 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

6) Add a crosstab table with the following properties to the left of the targeted bar chart:

Property Value

Rows Facility City

Report Body (measures) Revenue


Expenses
Profit

Name Facility Table

Indented <enabled>

Show column totals <enabled>

7) Resize the report objects so that they resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.1 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS Visual Analytics 6-51

d. Add interactions to the report.

 Revenue brushes Expenses.


 Expenses brushes Facility Table.
 Facility Table brushes Unit Yield.

e. Test the interactions.


1) Click North on the button bar.
2) Click a pie slice for Cleveland.
f. Save the report.
g. Sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-52 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

6.2 Solutions
Solutions to Exercises
1. Managing LASR Tables
a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics. Use Christine’s credentials.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.

2) Enter Christine in the User ID field.


3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign in.
b. Access SAS Visual Analytics Administrator.
1) Select to display the side menu.

2) Select Administrator.
c. Unload the CustomerOrders and ProductAnalysis tables from the SAS LASR Analytic Server.
Use the LASR Tables tab.

1) If necessary, click the LASR Tables tab to make it active.


2) If the tab is not displayed, select LASR  Manage Tables.
3) Select the CustomerOrders check box.
4) Select the ProductAnalysis check box.
5) Click (Unload the selected table) on the toolbar.

d. Load the MEGACORP table from Shared Data/Source Data into the SAS LASR Analytic
Server folder. Modify the description to Loaded by your name.

1) In the navigation pane, expand the Shared Data folder.


2) Expand the Source Data folder.
3) Right-click the MEGACORP table and select Load a Table.
4) Enter Loaded by your name in the Description field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-53

The Load a Table window should resemble the following:

5) Click OK.
6) Click Close to close the message window.
e. Click Sign out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.
2. Managing Content and Editing Settings
a. Sign in to SAS Visual Analytics as Eric.
1) From the browser window, select SAS Visual Analytics Home Page from the bookmarks bar
or from the link on the page.
2) Enter Eric in the User ID field.
3) Enter Student1 in the Password field.
4) Click Sign in.
b. Clear the recent history in the Recent tile on the Home page.
1) Click in the Recent tile on the Home Page.

2) Select Clear.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-54 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

c. Set the default action to open the report in the Designer when you double-click the report
on the Home Page.
1) Click Eric  Settings.

2) Select Initial Screen on the left side of the window.


3) Select SAS report (2G).
4) Select Edit - Report Designer.
5) Click (Move up) to move Edit to the top of the list.

6) Click Done.
3. Creating a New Exploration
a. Open MegaCorp Exploration Template by navigating to Shared Data  Case Study.
1) Click Browse in the Action button area.
2) If necessary, expand the Shared Data folder.

3) Select the Case Study folder.


4) Double-click MegaCorp Exploration Template to open it in the Explorer.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-55

5) Click Replace with.

6) Click Select.
7) Select the MEGACORP table that you loaded earlier.
8) Click Open.
9) Click OK.

b. Select File  Save to save the updated exploration.

Be sure to save a copy of the exploration template because you use it later in the case
study.
c. Create a copy of the exploration named MegaCorp Exploration 1. Save the new exploration in
the Case Study folder.

1) Select File  Save As.


2) If necessary, expand the Shared Data folder.
3) Select the Case Study folder.
4) Enter MegaCorp Exploration 1 in the Name field.
5) Click Save.
d. Create a visualization to analyze the capacity of each fabrication unit. Use a hierarchy to create
a navigational path through the data from region to state to city.
1) Hold down the Ctrl key and click to select the following data items:
 Facility Hierarchy
 Unit Capacity
2) Drag the selected data items to the workspace.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-56 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The automatic chart functionality determines the best way to display the selected data and creates
a geo map visualization.

 Depending on your resolution, window size, and map zoom level, your geo map might
show more detail than the one displayed above.
3) Specify the visualization properties.
a) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b) Enter Capacity by Facility in the Name field.

4) Use the hierarchy to navigate through the data.


a) Double-click the bubble for the West region (the leftmost bubble).

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-57

The map is updated to display the states in the West region.

b) Double-click the bubble for California.


The map is updated to display the three facilities in California.
c) Move your mouse pointer over the smallest bubble to display more information.

Which facility in California has the lowest unit capacity?


Los Angeles
c) Click the All Facility Hierarchy box at the top of the visualization to return to the highest
level of the hierarchy.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-58 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

e. Create a bubble plot visualization to analyze the total unit yield and unit capacity by state for all
of the years of production.
1) Click (New visualization) on the toolbar to create a new visualization.

2) Click to change the visualization type to a bubble plot.

3) Hold down the Ctrl key and select the following data items:
 Unit Capacity
 Unit Yield (actual)
 Unit Yield (rate)
 Facility State

4) Drag the selected data items to the workspace.


a) If necessary, click the Roles tab in the Right pane.

b) Click next to the Animation role and select Date by Year.

The visualization is updated.

5) Specify the visualization properties.


a) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b) Enter Unit Analysis by State and Year in the Name field.
c) Click the bubble in the upper right corner.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-59

6) Click Play to run the animation.

7) Which state has the largest unit yield (actual) and largest unit capacity of all time?
TX

f. Select File  Save to save the exploration.


g. Select File  Recent  MegaCorp Exploration Template to open the MegaCorp Exploration
Template.

4. Exploring the MEGACORP Data Source and Saving a Second Data Exploration
a. Create a copy of the exploration named MegaCorp Exploration 2.
1) Select File  Save As.
2) If necessary, select the Case Study folder.
3) Enter MegaCorp Exploration 2 in the Name field.
4) Click Save.
b. Create a new visualization to analyze the correlation between Unit Age and Unit Reliability.
1) Hold down the Ctrl key and click to select the following data items:
 Unit Age

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-60 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

 Unit Reliability

2) Drag the selected data items to the workspace. The automatic chart functionality determines
the best way to display the selected data.

c. Specify the visualization properties.


1) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.

2) Enter Correlation of Unit Age and Reliability in the Name field.


d. Right-click in the visualization and select Fit Line  Linear to apply advanced analytics.
e. Click the Analysis tab of the Details view.
1) Click next to Correlation to view information about the results.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-61

What is the correlation value between Unit Reliability and Unit Age?
A correlation of -0.94 suggests that there is a strong linear relationship between Unit
Reliability and Unit Age.
2) Click on the visualization title bar to minimize the visualization.

f. Create a second visualization to analyze the correlation between Unit Age and Expenses.
1) Click (New visualization) on the toolbar to create a new visualization.

2) Hold down the Ctrl key and click to select the following data items:
 Unit Age
 Expenses
3) Drag the selected data items to the workspace.
The updated visualization resembles the following:

4) Specify the visualization properties.

a) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.


b) Enter Correlation of Unit Age and Expenses in the Name field.
c) Enter 10 as the value of the Bin count field.
d) Press Enter.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-62 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analy tics

5) Based on the analysis, are the majority of the units under or over five years?
There are many more data points for units under five years of age.
g. Click on the visualization title bar to minimize the visualization.

h. Create a visualization to analyze the average unit yield rate and average unit reliability from
month to month from 2007 through 2011.
1) Click (New visualization) on the toolbar to create a new visualization.

2) Hold down the Ctrl key and click to select the following data items:
 Date by Month
 Unit Reliability
 Unit Yield (rate)

3) Drag the selected data items to the workspace.


4) Right-click Date by Year in the Data pane and select Add as Filter on Visualization.
5) Drag the left slider in the Filters tab until the beginning year is 2007.

 You can also enter the beginning and ending values in the boxes to specify them.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-63

The updated visualization resembles the following:

6) Specify the visualization properties.


a) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b) Enter Unit Yield 2007-2011 in the Name field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-64 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

7) Answer the following questions:


a) Drag the edges of the overview graph to include the largest values.

Which month has the largest unit yield?


January 2007
b) Drag the edges of the overview graph to include the smallest values.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-65

Which month has the smallest unit yield?


December 2009
i. Select File  Save to save the data exploration as Mega Corp Exploration 2 in the Shared
Data  Case Study folder location.
j. Select File  Recent  MegaCorp Exploration Template to open the MegaCorp Exploration
Template.
5. Exploring the MEGACORP Data Source and Saving a Third Data Exploration
a. Create a copy of the current exploration.
1) Select File  Save As.
2) If necessary, select the Case Study folder.
3) Enter MegaCorp Exploration 3 in the Name field.
4) Click Save.
b. Create a visualization to analyze the profitability of each facility based on expenses, revenue,
and profit. Use a hierarchy to create a navigational path through the data from region to state
to city.
1) Hold down the Ctrl key and click to select the following data items:
 Facility Hierarchy
 Expenses
 Revenue
 Profit
2) Drag the selected data items to the workspace.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-66 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The automatic chart functionality determines the best way to display the selected data.

3) Specify the visualization properties.


a) If necessary, click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b) Enter Facility Profitability in the Name field.
4) Answer the following question.

 Use the hierarchy to navigate through the data.

a) Double-click one of the bars for the West region. You can also click the region name
on the X axis.
The chart is updated to display the states in the West region.
b) Double-click one of the bars for CA.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-67

The chart is updated to display the three facilities in California.

Which facilities in California have expenses that are larger than revenue?
San Diego
c) Click the All Facility Hierarchy box at the top of the visualization to return to the highest
level of the hierarchy.

c. Create a visualization to analyze the profitability of each product based on expenses, revenue,
and profit. Use a hierarchy to create a navigational path through the data from Product Brand
to Product Description.

1) Click (New visualization) on the toolbar to create a new visualization.

2) Hold down the Ctrl key and select the following data items:
 Product Hierarchy
 Expenses
 Revenue
 Profit
3) Drag the selected data items to the workspace.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-68 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The automatic chart functionality determines the best way to display the selected data.

4) Specify the visualization properties.


a) If necessary, click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b) Enter Product Profitability in the Name field.
5) Answer the following question.

 Use the hierarchy to navigate through the data.

Double-click one of the bars for the Toy category.

Are there any toy product lines that have a negative profit?
Yes, Action Figure has a negative profit.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-69

6) Click the All Product Hierarchy box at the top of the visualization to return to the top level
of the hierarchy.
d. Create a visualization to analyze Profit by Facility State.
1) Click (New visualization) on the toolbar to create a new visualization.

2) Hold down the Ctrl key and click to select the following data items:
 Facility State
 Profit

3) Drag the selected data items to the workspace.


The automatic chart functionality determines the best way to display the selected data.

4) Specify the visualization properties.


a) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b) Enter Profit by State in the Name field.
c) Clear the Show map navigation control check box.

d) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.


e) Click Use Geo Map.
f) Select Regions as the value for the Map style field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-70 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

5) Answer the following question:


Move your mouse pointer over the state with the green color.

Which state has the largest profit?


California
e. Select File  Save to save the data exploration as Mega Corp Exploration 3 in the Shared Data
 Case Study folder location.
f. Select File  Recent  MegaCorp Exploration Template to open the MegaCorp Exploration
Template.

6. Exploring the MEGACORP Data Source and Saving a Fourth Data Exploration
a. Create a copy of the current exploration named MegaCorp Exploration 4.
1) Select File  Save As.
2) If necessary, select the Case Study folder.
3) Enter MegaCorp Exploration 4 in the Name field.
4) Click Save.
b. Create a visualization to analyze Profit by Year grouped by Product Line.
1) Click to set the visualization type to a line chart.

2) Hold down the Ctrl key and click to select the following data items:
 Date by Year
 Profit

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-71

3) Drag the selected columns to the workspace.


4) Drag Product Line from the Data pane to the line chart and select Group.

5) Specify the visualization properties.


a) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b) Enter Product Profit Analysis in the Name field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-72 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

6) Answer the following question.

Which two products have the largest profit?


Game, Promotional
c. Click on the visualization title bar to minimize the visualization.

d. Create a visualization to analyze the relationship on unit production between Facility Region and
Product Line.

1) Click (New visualization) on the toolbar to create a new visualization.

2) Click on the toolbar to set the visualization type to a heat map.

3) Hold down the Ctrl key and click to select the following data items:
 Product Line
 Facility Region
 Unit Yield (actual)

4) Drag the selected data items to the workspace.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-73

The visualization resembles the following:

5) Specify the visualization properties.


a) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
b) Enter Products by Region in the Name field.
c) Select Red-Yellow-Green as the value for the Color gradient field.
6) Answer the following questions:
a) Move your mouse pointer over the darkest green square to display the data tip values.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-74 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Which region produces the most action figures?


South
b) Chart tiles with no color indicate a lack of data values.

Which regions do not produce promotional items?


North and South
e. Select File  Save to save the data exploration as Mega Corp Exploration 4 in the Shared
Data  Case Study folder location.

f. Close the Explorer by clicking the X in the button on the application bar.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-75

7. Creating the MegaCorp Unit Report


a. Create a copy of MegaCorp Report Template.
1) Open MegaCorp Report Template from Shared Data  Case Study into the Designer.
a) Click Browse in the My Content area.
b) If necessary, expand the Shared Data folder.
c) Select the Case Study folder.
d) Double-click MegaCorp Report Template.
e) When you are prompted, click Change Data Source.
f) Select the MEGACORP table that you loaded earlier.
g) Click Change.
2) Save the updated report.

Be sure to save a copy of the report template because you use it later in the case study.

3) Create a copy of the report named MegaCorp Unit Report. Save the new report in the Case
Study folder.
a) Select File  Save As.
b) If necessary, select the Case Study folder.
c) Enter MegaCorp Unit Report in the Name field.
d) Click Save.
b. Specify data item properties and add report objects to the report canvas.
1) Change data item properties.
a) Select Unit Yield (rate) on the Data tab.
b) Use the data items table to change the name to Yield.
c) Use the data items table to change the aggregation to Average.
2) Add a list table object.
a) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane.
b) Drag the List Table object from the Objects tab to the report canvas.

c) Click the Data tab in the Left pane.


d) Hold down the Ctrl key and select the following data items:
 Facility City
 Unit
 Year

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-76 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

 Yield
 Reliability
e) Drag the selected items from the Data tab to the list table.
f) Verify that the Facility City column heading indicates that the data is sorted in ascending
order by city.

g) Hold down the Ctrl key and click the Unit column heading to sort the data in ascending
order by unit within city.

h) Hold down the Ctrl key and click the Year column heading to sort the data in ascending
order by year within unit within city.

i) Hold down the Ctrl key and click the Year column heading again to sort in descending
order.

j) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.


k) Enter Unit Detail in the Name field.
l) Enter Unit Detail in the Title field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-77

The report object resembles the following:

3) Create a new report section named Summary and make it the first section of the report.

a) Click (Add a new section).

b) Right-click the Section 2 tab and select Rename.


c) Enter Summary.
d) Press the Enter key to lock in the value.
4) Click the arrow on the Section 1 section tab and select Display as Info Window.
a) Right-click Info Window 1 and select Rename.
b) Enter Detail.
5) Click the Summary tab and drag it until the drop zone appears to the left of the Detail Info
Window section.

6) Add a drop-down list control.


a) Click the Objects tab to make it active.
b) Drag the Drop-Down List control object from the Objects tab to the report canvas.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-78 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

c) Click the Data tab to make it active.


d) Drag Facility State from the Data tab to the drop-down list control object.
e) If necessary, click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
f) Enter State Selector in the Name field.
g) Enter Select a state (required): in the Title field.
h) Select the Required check box.
i) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.

j) Click (Edit selection) next to the Frequency field and select Remove Frequency.

k) Select Yes.
l) On the Data tab, drag Frequency Percent and drop it onto the State Selector drop-down
list control object.

7) Add a list control object.


a) Click the Objects tab to make it active.
b) Drag the List control object from the Objects tab to the right of the drop-down list control.
c) Click the Data tab to make it active.
d) Drag Facility City from the Data tab to the list object.
e) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
f) Enter City Selector in the Name field.
g) Enter Select a city: in the Title field.
h) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.

i) Click (Edit selection) next to the Frequency field and select Remove Frequency.

j) Select Yes.
k) From the Data tab, drag Frequency Percent and drop it onto the City Selector list control
object.

8) Add three gauges to the bottom of the report canvas.


a) Click the Objects tab to make it active.
b) Drag the Gauge object from the Objects tab to the bottom of the report canvas.
c) Drag a second Gauge object from the Objects tab to the bottom of the report canvas.
d) Drag a third Gauge object from the Objects tab to the bottom of the report canvas.
e) Click the Data tab to make it active.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-79

9) Assign Unit as the Group category for all three gauges.


a) Drag Unit from the Data tab onto the first gauge.
b) Drag Unit from the Data tab onto the second gauge.
c) Drag Unit from the Data tab onto the third gauge.
10) Assign Yield as the measure for the first gauge, Reliability as the measure for the second
gauge, and Age as the measure for the third gauge.

a) Drag Yield from the Data tab onto the first dial gauge.
b) Drag Reliability from the Data tab onto the second gauge.
c) Drag Age from the Data tab onto the third gauge.
11) Create a display rule and set the properties and styles for the first gauge.
a) Click the first gauge to make it the active object.
b) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
(1) Enter .7 as the beginning value for the first rule.
(2) Enter .75 as the ending value for the first rule.
(3) Enter .9 as the ending value for the second rule.
(4) Enter 1 as the ending value for the third rule.
(5) Press Enter.

 A warning icon is displayed in the bottom right corner of the report object.

c) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.

(1) Enter Yield in the Name field.


(2) Enter Yield in the Title field.
(3) Clear the Show range labels check box.
(4) Select Dial as the value for the Type field.
(5) Enter 45 in the Maximum visuals field.
(6) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
(7) Select Charcoal as the value for the Data skin field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-80 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The dial gauge resembles the display below. Interactions are established to limit the
number of gauges that are displayed.

 The gauge layout and orientation are determined based on the window size,
width of the Left and Right panes, and your computer resolution.

12) Create a display rule and set the properties and styles for the second dial gauge.
a) Click the second gauge to make it the active object.
b) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
(1) Enter .84 as the beginning value for the first rule.
(2) Enter .88 as the ending value for the first rule.
(3) Enter .9 as the ending value for the second rule.
(4) Enter 1 as the ending value for the third rule.
(5) Press Enter.
c) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
(1) Enter Reliability in the Name field.
(2) Enter Reliability in the Title field.

(3) Clear the Show range labels check box.


(4) Select Dial as the value for the Type field.
(5) Enter 45 in the Maximum visuals field.
(6) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
(7) Select Charcoal as the value for the Data skin field.
13) Create a display rule and set the properties and styles for the third gauge.
a) Click the third gauge to make it the active object.
b) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
(1) Click (Auto populate intervals).

(2) Enter 1 as the value for the Number of internals field.


(3) Enter 0 as the value for the Lower bounds field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-81

(4) Enter 4 as the value for the Upper bounds field.

(5) Click OK.


(6) Click the color selector and select a medium blue color.
c) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
(1) Enter Age in the Name field.
(2) Enter Age in the Title field.
(3) Clear the Show range labels check box.
(4) Select Thermometer as the value for the Type field.
(5) Enter 45 in the Maximum visuals field.
(6) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane.
(7) Select Charcoal for the Data skin field.
14) Establish interactions and links between the report objects.
a) Select View  Show Interactions.
b) Move the mouse pointer over the State Selector object until you see the pencil icon.
c) Click and drag your mouse to the City Selector object to establish a filter interaction.
d) Move the mouse pointer over the City Selector object until you see the pencil icon.
e) Click and drag your mouse to the Yield object to establish a filter interaction.
f) Move the mouse pointer over the City Selector object until you see the pencil icon.
g) Click and drag your mouse to the Reliability object to establish a filter interaction.
h) Move the mouse pointer over the City Selector object until you see the pencil icon.
i) Click and drag your mouse to the Age object to establish a filter interaction.
j) Move the mouse pointer over the Yield object until you see the pencil icon.
k) Click and drag your mouse to the Detail section to establish a link.
l) Move the mouse pointer over the Reliability object until you see the pencil icon.
m) Click and drag your mouse to the Detail section to establish a link.
n) Move the mouse pointer over the Age object until you see the pencil icon.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-82 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

o) Click and drag your mouse to the Detail section to establish a link.
The interactions view should resemble the following:

p) Click Close to close the Interactions view.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-83

q) Resize the report objects to resemble the following:

c. Test the interactions and links.


1) Select TX from the State Selector drop-down list.
Because of the interactions, the other report object values should change based on the
selections.

2) Select the Dallas and Houston check boxes.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-84 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Only four visuals are displayed in each object.

3) Double-click a gauge for the first unit, TOYGM0000007.


The Detail section should be displayed and filtered to show values for only the selected unit.

 When the report is viewed in the Visual Analytics Viewer, this report section opens
in a separate resizable window that floats above the report.

d. Select File  Save to save the report.


e. Select File  Recent  MegaCorp Report Template to open the MegaCorp Report Template.
8. Creating the MegaCorp Product Report
a. Create a copy of the current report.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-85

1) Select File  Save As. If necessary, select the Case Study folder.
2) Enter MegaCorp Product Report in the Name field. Click Save.
b. Add report objects to the report canvas.
1) Add a list table object.
a) If necessary, click the Objects tab in the Left pane to make it active.
b) Drag the List Table object from the Objects tab to the report canvas.
c) Click the Data tab in the Left pane to make it active.
d) Hold down the Ctrl key and select the following data items:
 Product
 Expenses
 Revenue
 Profit
e) Drag the selected items from the Data tab to the list table.
f) If necessary, click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
(1) Enter Product Detail in the Name field.
(2) Enter Product Detail in the Title field.
(3) Select the Show totals check box.
(4) If necessary, resize the columns to view the totals.

The list table should resemble the following:

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-86 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

(5) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.


(6) Click New to define a new display rule. Select Expression.
(i) Verify that Expenses is selected for the Column field.
(ii) Verify that > (greater than) is selected for the Operator field.
(iii) Select Revenue for the Value field.
(iv) Click (Select a font color) and select a white color.

(v) Click (Select a background color) and select a red color.

(vi) Verify that Expenses is selected as the value for the Applies to field.
The Add New Display Rule window should resemble the following:

(vii) Click OK to close the Add New Display Rule window. The table is updated.
(7) Click New to define another new rule. Select Expression.
(i) Select Profit for the Column field.
(ii) Select < (less than) for the Operator field.
(iii) Enter 0 in the Value field.
(iv) Click to bold the value.

(v) Click (Select a font color) and select a red color.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-87

(vi) Select Profit as the value for the Applies to field.


The Add New Display Rule window should resemble the following:

(vii) Click OK to close the Add New Display Rule window.


(8) Click New to define another new rule. Select Expression.
(i) Select Profit for the Column field.
(ii) Select BetweenInclusive for the Operator field.
(iii) Verify that 0 is selected for the Min field.
(iv) Enter 1,000,000 in the Max field.
(v) Click to bold the value.

(vi) Click (Select a font color) and select a dark yellow color.

(vii) Select Profit for the Applies to field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-88 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The Add New Display Rule window should resemble the following:

(viii) Click OK to close the Add New Display Rule window.


(9) Click New to define another new rule. Select Expression.
(i) Select Profit for the Column field.
(ii) Verify that > (greater than) is selected for the Operator field.
(iii) Enter 1,000,000 in the Value field.
(iv) Click to bold the value.

(v) Click (Select a font color) and select a green color.

(vi) Select Profit for the Applies to field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-89

The Add New Display Rule window should resemble the following:

(vii) Click OK to close the Add New Display Rule window.


The list table should resemble the following:

2) Add a text object.


a) Click the Objects tab in the Left pane to make it active.
b) Drag the Text object from the Objects tab below the list table.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-90 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

(1) Enter the following (on two lines):


Expenses more than Profit
Profit: <0 0-1,000,000 >1,000,000
(2) Highlight all of the text and click to set the bold style.

(3) Highlight all of the text and set the size to 12.
(4) Highlight Expenses more than Profit.
(5) Click (Select a font color) and select a white color.

(6) Click (Select a background color) and select a red color.

(7) Highlight <0.


(8) Click (Select a font color) and select a red color.

(9) Highlight 0-1,000,000.


(10) Click (Select a font color) and select a yellow color.

(11) Highlight >1,000,000.


(12) Click (Select a font color) and select a green color.

c) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.


(1) Enter Legend in the Name field.
(2) Enter Legend in the Title field.
(3) Click to set the bold style.

The text object should resemble the following:

3) Resize the report objects so that the text object takes up the least amount of space.
c. Add a new report section named Summary and make it the first section of the report.

1) Click (Add a new section).

2) Right-click the Section 2 tab and select Rename.


3) Enter Summary.
4) Press the Enter key to lock in the value.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-91

5) Click the Summary tab and drag it until the drop zone appears to the left of Section 2.
d. Display Section 1 as an info window.
1) If necessary, click Section 1 to make it the active section.
2) Click the arrow button on the Section tab and select Display as Info Window.
e. Rename the info window as Detail.
1) Right-click Info window.
2) Select Rename.
3) Enter Detail.
f. Add objects to the Summary section.
1) Add a text object.
a) Drag the Text object from the Objects tab to the report canvas.
b) Enter Use the check boxes below to select which year(s) of data to view.
If no check boxes are selected, all years are included in the report. as the text.

2) Add a second text object.


a) Drag the Text object from the Objects tab to the right of the first text object.
b) Enter Click a tile below to filter the expense gauges. as the text.

3) Add a list control object to the report.


a) Drag the List object from the Objects tab below the first text object.
b) Click the Data tab to make it active.
c) Drag Year from the Data tab to the list control.
d) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.

(1) Enter Year Selector in the Name field.


(2) Verify that the Allow multiple selections check box is selected.
e) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.

(1) Click (Edit selection) next the Frequency field and select Remove Frequency.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-92 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

(2) Drag Frequency Percent from the Data tab and drop it in the List control object.

4) Add a treemap to the report below the second text object.


a) Click the Objects tab to make it active.
b) Drag the Treemap object from the Objects tab below the second text object.
c) Click the Data tab to make it active.
d) Drag Product from the Data tab onto the treemap.
e) Drag Expenses from the Data tab onto the treemap.
f) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
(1) Enter Total Expenses in the Name field.

(2) Enter Total Expenses in the Title field.


(3) Clear the Show legend check box.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-93

5) Add a horizontal container to the bottom of the report.


a) Click the Objects tab to make it active.
b) Drag the Horizontal Container object from the Objects tab to the bottom of the report.
c) If necessary, click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
d) Enter Expense Detail in the Name field.
6) Resize the report objects to resemble the following:

7) Add four gauges to the report. Place each gauge inside the horizontal container and assign
properties.

a) Drag a Gauge object from the Objects tab to the horizontal container.
b) Drag a second Gauge object from the Objects tab to the horizontal container.
c) Drag a third Gauge object from the Objects tab to the horizontal container.
d) Drag a fourth Gauge object from the Objects tab to the horizontal container.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-94 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

e) Click the Data tab to make it active.


f) Drag Expenses (capital) from the Data tab to the first gauge and drop it onto the Measure
drop zone.
g) Drag Expenses (material) from the Data tab to the second gauge and drop it onto
the Measure drop zone.
h) Drag Expenses (operational) from the Data tab to the third gauge and drop it onto
the Measure drop zone.
i) Drag Expenses (staffing) from the Data tab to the fourth gauge and drop it onto
the Measure drop zone.

j) Click the first gauge to select it.


(1) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
(i) Enter 5,000 as the beginning value for the first rule.
(ii) Enter 37,500 as the ending value for the first rule.
(iii) Enter 75,000 as the ending value for the second rule.
(iv) Enter 150,000 as the ending value for the third rule.
(v) Click the color selector for the first rule and select a light blue color.
(vi) Click the color selector for the second rule and select a medium blue color.

(vii) Click the color selector for the third rule and select a dark blue color.
(2) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
(i) Enter Capital in the Name field.
(ii) Enter Capital in the Title field.
(iii) Type 30 as the value for the Width field.
(iv) Clear the Show range labels check box.
(v) Select Dial as the value for the Type field.
(vi) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane. Select Satin as the value for the
Data skin field.

k) Click the second dial gauge to select it.


(1) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
(i) Enter 55,000 as the beginning value for the first rule.
(ii) Enter 500,000 as the ending value for the first rule.
(iii) Enter 1,000,000 as the ending value for the second rule.
(iv) Enter 2,000,000 as the ending value for the third rule.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-95

(v) Click the color selector for the first rule and select a light blue color.
(vi) Click the color selector for the second rule and select a medium blue color.
(vii) Click the color selector for the third rule and select a dark blue color.
(2) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
(i) Enter Material in the Name field.
(ii) Enter Material in the Title field.
(iii) Type 30 as the value for the Width field.
(iv) Clear the Show range labels check box.
(v) Select Dial as the value for the Type field.
(vi) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane. Select Satin as the value for the Data
skin field.

l) Click the third dial to select it.


(1) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
(i) Enter 155,000 as the beginning value for the first rule.
(ii) Enter 225,000 as the ending value for the first rule.
(iii) Enter 450,000 as the ending value for the second rule.
(iv) Enter 900,000 as the ending value for the third rule.
(v) Click the color selector for the first rule and select a light blue color.
(vi) Click the color selector for the second rule and select a medium blue color.
(vii) Click the color selector for the third rule and select a dark blue color.
(2) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.

(i) Enter Operational in the Name field.


(ii) Enter Operational in the Title field.
(iii) Enter 30 in the Width field.
(iv) Clear the Show range labels check box.
(v) Select Dial as the value for the Type field.
(vi) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane. Select Satin as the value for the
Data skin field.

m) Click the fourth dial gauge to select it.


(1) Click the Display Rules tab in the Right pane.
(i) Enter 421,000 as the beginning value for the first rule.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-96 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

(ii) Enter 600,000 as the ending value for the first rule.
(iii) Enter 1,200,000 as the ending value for the second rule.
(iv) Enter 2,400,000 as the ending value for the third rule.
(v) Click the color selector for the first rule and select a light blue color.
(vi) Click the color selector for the second rule and select a medium blue color.
(vii) Click the color selector for the third rule and select a dark blue color.
(2) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
(i) Enter Staffing in the Name field.
(ii) Enter Staffing in the Title field.
(iii) Verify that 30 is selected for the Width field.
(iv) Clear the Show range labels check box.
(v) Click the Styles tab in the Right pane. Select Satin as the value for the
Data skin field.

The container should resemble the following. The horizontal scroll bar is expected
and enables the content of the container to be wider than the container itself.

g. Establish interactions between the report objects.


1) Select View  Show Interactions.

2) Move the mouse pointer over the Year Selector object until you see the pencil icon.
3) Click and drag your mouse to the Total Expenses object to establish a filter interaction.
4) Move the mouse pointer over the Total Expenses object until you see the pencil icon.
5) Click and drag your mouse to the Capital object to establish a filter interaction.
6) Move the mouse pointer over the Total Expenses object until you see the pencil icon.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-97

7) Click and drag your mouse to the Material object to establish a filter interaction.
8) Move the mouse pointer over the Total Expenses object until you see the pencil icon.
9) Click and drag your mouse to the Operational object to establish a filter interaction.
10) Move the mouse pointer over the Total Expenses object until you see the pencil icon.
11) Click and drag your mouse to the Staffing object to establish a filter interaction.
12) Move the mouse pointer over the Capital gauge until you see the pencil icon.
13) Click and drag your mouse to Detail to establish an info window link.
14) Move the mouse pointer over the Capital gauge until you see the pencil icon.
15) Click and drag your mouse to Detail to establish an info window link.
16) Move the mouse pointer over the Material gauge until you see the pencil icon.
17) Click and drag your mouse to Detail to establish an info window link.
18) Move the mouse pointer over the Operational gauge until you see the pencil icon.
19) Click and drag your mouse to Detail to establish an info window link.
20) Move the mouse pointer over the Staffing gauge until you see the pencil icon.
21) Click and drag your mouse to Detail to establish an info window link.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-98 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The interactions view should resemble the following:

22) Click Close to close the Interactions view.


h. Test the interactions and link.
1) Select the 2000 check box in the list control object.
The treemap and gauges are updated.
2) Click the Board tile in the treemap.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-99

The gauges are updated.

3) Double-click a gauge to view the Detail info window.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-100 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The Detail section is displayed.

i. Select File  Save to save the report.


j. Select File  Recent  MegaCorp Report Template to open the MegaCorp Report Template.
9. Creating the MegaCorp Profitability Report
a. Create a copy of the current report.
1) Select File  Save As. If necessary, select the Case Study folder.
2) Enter MegaCorp Profitability Report in the Name field. Click Save.
b. Add a report prompt.
1) If necessary, click the Objects tab to make it active.
2) Drag the Button Bar control object from the Objects tab to the Drop controls here to create
a report prompt area at the top of the report canvas.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-101

3) Click the Data tab to make it active.


4) Drag Facility Region from the Data tab onto the button bar.
5) Select East.
6) If necessary, click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
a) Enter Region Selector in the Name field.
b) Click the Required check box.
c) Click the Roles tab in the Right pane.

d) Click (Edit selection) next the Frequency field and select Remove Frequency.

e) Click Yes when you are prompted to remove the data assignment.

c. Add report objects.


1) Add a text object to the report canvas.
a) If necessary, click the Objects tab to make it active.
b) Drag the Text object from the Objects tab onto the report canvas.
c) Enter INSTRUCTIONS: Click a region name above to filter the data. as the text.
2) Add a pie chart to the canvas below the text object.
a) Drag the Pie Chart object from the Objects tab below the text object.
b) Click the Data tab to make it active.
c) Drag Facility City from the Data tab onto the pie chart.

d) Drag Revenue from the Data tab onto the pie chart.
e) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
(1) Enter Revenue in the Name field.
(2) Select the right-middle location for the legend placement.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-102 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

f) Right-click Facility City in the legend box on the report canvas. Select Sort 
Ascending.

3) Add a second pie chart to the canvas below the first pie chart.
a) Click the Objects tab to make it active.
b) Drag the Pie Chart object from the Objects tab below the first pie chart.

c) Click the Data tab to make it active.


d) Drag Facility City from the Data tab onto the pie chart.
e) Drag Expenses from the Data tab onto the pie chart.
f) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
(1) Enter Expenses in the Name field.
(2) Select the right middle location for the legend placement:
g) Right-click Facility City in the legend box on the report canvas. Select Sort 
Ascending.

4) Add a time series plot to the right side of the report canvas.
a) Click the Objects tab to make it active.
b) Drag the Time Series Plot object from the Objects tab to the right side of the canvas.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-103

c) Click the Data tab to make it active.


d) Drag Year from the Data tab onto the time series plot.
e) Select Time axis.
f) Drag Profit from the Data tab onto the time series plot.
g) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
(1) Enter Profit by Year in the Name field.
(2) Select Overlay Filled for the Grouping style field.

5) Add a targeted bar chart to the bottom of the report canvas.


a) Click the Objects tab to make it active.

b) Drag the Targeted Bar Chart object from the Objects tab to the bottom of the canvas.
c) Click the Data tab to make it active.
d) Drag Facility City from the Data tab onto the targeted bar chart.
e) Drag Unit Yield (actual) from the Data tab onto the targeted bar chart. Select Measure.
f) Drag Unit Yield (target) from the Data tab onto the targeted bar chart and select Target.
g) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane. Enter Unit Yield in the Name field.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-104 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

6) Add a crosstab table to the canvas to the left of the targeted bar chart.
a) Click the Objects tab to make it active.
b) Drag the Crosstab object from the Objects tab to the left of the targeted bar chart.
c) Click the Data tab to make it active.
d) Drag Facility City from the Data tab onto the crosstab in the rows area.
e) Drag Revenue from the Data tab onto the report body section of the crosstab.
f) Drag Expenses from the Data tab to the right side of the report body section
of the crosstab.

g) Drag Profit from the Data tab to the right side of the report body section of the crosstab.
h) Click the Properties tab in the Right pane.
(1) Enter Facility Table in the Name field.
(2) Select the Indented check box.
(3) Select the Show column totals check box.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-105

7) Resize the report objects to resemble the following:

d. Add interactions to the report.


1) Select View  Show Interactions.
2) Move the mouse pointer over the Revenue object until you see the pencil icon.
3) Click and drag the mouse pointer to the Expenses object to establish a filter interaction.
4) Right-click the interaction icon and select Interaction Type  Brush.
5) Move the mouse pointer over the Expenses object until you see the pencil icon.
6) Click and drag the mouse pointer to the Facility Table object to establish a filter interaction.
7) Right-click the interaction icon and select Interaction Type  Brush.
8) Move the mouse pointer over the Facility Table object until you see the pencil icon.
9) Click and drag the mouse pointer to the Unit Yield object to establish a filter interaction.
10) Right-click the interaction icon and select Interaction Type  Brush.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-106 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

The interactions view should resemble the following:

11) Click Close to close the Interactions view.


e. Test the interactions.
1) Click North on the button bar.
All of the report object values should change, based on the interactions.
2) Click a pie slice for Cleveland.
Cleveland is then selected in the other pie chart, the crosstab, and the targeted bar chart.
f. Select File  Save to save the report.
g. Click Sign out in the upper right corner to sign out of SAS Visual Analytics.

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6.2 Solutions 6-107

Solutions to Student Activities (Polls/Quizzes)

6.01 Poll – Correct Answer


All visualizations have a corresponding report object.
 True
 False

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
6-108 Chapter 6 Case Study: Creating Analyses and Reports w ith SAS® Visual Analytics

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Chapter 7 Learning More

7.1 SAS Resources.......................................................................................................... 7-3

7.2 Beyond This Course.................................................................................................. 7-6


7-2 Chapter 7 Learning More

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
7.1 SAS Resources 7-3

7.1 SAS Resources

Objectives
 Identify areas of support that SAS offers.
 List additional resources.

Education
SAS Education provides comprehensive training to
deliver greater value to your organization.
 more than 200 course offerings
 world-class instructors
 multiple delivery methods
 training centers around the world

4 http://support.sas.com/training

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
7-4 Chapter 7 Learning More

SAS Books
Convenient. Practical. Enlightening.
Valuable insight with solid results.
Available in a variety of formats
to best meet your needs:
 hard-copy books
 e-books
 PDF

5 www.sas.com/store/books

SAS Global Certification Program


SAS Education enables you to validate your skills
and knowledge through certification and includes
the following:
 globally recognized certifications
 preparation materials
 practice exams

6 http://support.sas.com/certify

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
7.1 SAS Resources 7-5

Customer Support
SAS provides a variety of self-help and assisted-help
resources including the following:
 SAS Knowledge Base
 downloads and hot fixes
 license assistance
 SAS discussion forums
 SAS Technical Support

7 http://support.sas.com/resourcekit/

User Groups and SAS Support Communities


SAS supports many local, regional, international,
and special-interest SAS user groups.
http://support.sas.com/usergroups

SAS Support Communities enable you to collaborate


with SAS and other SAS users.
http://communities.sas.com

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
7-6 Chapter 7 Learning More

Networking
Social media channels, SAS blogs, and user group
organizations enable you to
 interact with other SAS users and SAS staff
 learn new programming tips and tricks
 obtain exclusive discounts.

9 http://support.sas.com/socialmedia

7.2 Beyond This Course

Objectives
 Introduce the different types of SAS training.
 Identify additional learning opportunities
that follow this course.

12

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
7.2 Beyond This Course 7-7

Several “Flavors” of SAS Training


SAS Education provides a variety of training formats
that are designed to satisfy your learning style, including
the following:
 classroom
 Live Web
 e-learning
 on-site
training
 mentoring

13 http://support.sas.com/training/options

Classroom Training and e-Learning


SAS Education provides training on all aspects
of the SAS System.
Classroom training can be delivered in SAS training
centers, in the Live Web classroom, and at your site.
http://support.sas.com/training/us/paths
SAS e-Learning provides award-winning training
when and where you need it.
http://support.sas.com/elearn

14

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
7-8 Chapter 7 Learning More

SAS Platform Training Paths


SAS Education training paths are used to organize
training by similar functionality based on common
job tasks.
The training paths
Business
for the SAS platform Intelligence
include the following:
 Administration Data
Management
 Data Management
 Business Intelligence

Administration

15
15

Additional Training Categories


In addition to SAS platform training, courses are available
in the following areas:
 Advanced Analytics
 SAS Foundation
 SAS Solutions

Visit http://support.sas.com/training/us/paths to view


all of the courses that are available to meet your
training needs.

16
16

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
7.2 Beyond This Course 7-9

SAS Video Tutorials


SAS Education provides an extensive set of “how-to”
videos, tutorials, and demos to learn tips and tricks
for working with SAS software.

17
17 http://support.sas.com/training/tutorial

Next Steps
After you complete this course, you have access to
extended learning resources, including the following:
 an electronic copy of the course notes
 links to technical papers
 links to SAS Publishing documentation and books
 links to white papers, SAS Global Forum papers,
and much more

To grow your SAS skills, remember to activate


the extended learning page for this course.

18
18

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
7-10 Chapter 7 Learning More

Copyright © 2016, SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina, USA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

You might also like